From e0677a8e4e1ea958ec6fb719daff2a1ed82684ff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: GitHub Action Date: Wed, 18 Oct 2023 16:55:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] Deployed 9e3bc8e to v0.7.3 with MkDocs 1.5.3 and mike 1.1.2 --- v0.7.3/configs/bookmarks/index.html | 20 +- v0.7.3/configs/docker/index.html | 144 ++--- v0.7.3/configs/kubernetes/index.html | 121 +++-- v0.7.3/configs/service-widgets/index.html | 28 +- v0.7.3/configs/settings/index.html | 2 +- v0.7.3/installation/docker/index.html | 38 +- v0.7.3/installation/k8s/index.html | 514 +++++++++--------- v0.7.3/installation/unraid/index.html | 29 +- v0.7.3/more/development/index.html | 32 ++ v0.7.3/more/translations/index.html | 2 +- v0.7.3/search/search_index.json | 2 +- v0.7.3/sitemap.xml.gz | Bin 1154 -> 1154 bytes v0.7.3/stylesheets/extra.css | 2 +- v0.7.3/widgets/info/datetime/index.html | 24 +- v0.7.3/widgets/info/glances/index.html | 20 +- v0.7.3/widgets/info/greeting/index.html | 4 +- v0.7.3/widgets/info/kubernetes/index.html | 38 +- v0.7.3/widgets/info/longhorn/index.html | 24 +- v0.7.3/widgets/info/openmeteo/index.html | 12 +- v0.7.3/widgets/info/openweathermap/index.html | 14 +- v0.7.3/widgets/info/resources/index.html | 46 +- v0.7.3/widgets/info/search/index.html | 14 +- v0.7.3/widgets/info/weather/index.html | 12 +- .../widgets/services/adguard-home/index.html | 8 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/atsumeru/index.html | 8 +- .../services/audiobookshelf/index.html | 6 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/authentik/index.html | 6 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/autobrr/index.html | 6 +- .../widgets/services/azuredevops/index.html | 16 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/bazarr/index.html | 6 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/caddy/index.html | 4 +- .../widgets/services/calibre-web/index.html | 8 +- .../services/changedetectionio/index.html | 6 +- .../services/channelsdvrserver/index.html | 4 +- .../widgets/services/cloudflared/index.html | 8 +- .../services/coin-market-cap/index.html | 16 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/customapi/index.html | 112 ++-- v0.7.3/widgets/services/deluge/index.html | 6 +- .../widgets/services/diskstation/index.html | 14 +- .../services/downloadstation/index.html | 8 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/emby/index.html | 10 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/evcc/index.html | 4 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/fileflows/index.html | 4 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/flood/index.html | 8 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/freshrss/index.html | 8 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/gamedig/index.html | 6 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/ghostfolio/index.html | 6 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/gluetun/index.html | 4 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/gotify/index.html | 6 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/grafana/index.html | 8 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/hdhomerun/index.html | 4 +- .../widgets/services/healthchecks/index.html | 8 +- .../widgets/services/homeassistant/index.html | 32 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/homebridge/index.html | 8 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/immich/index.html | 6 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/jackett/index.html | 4 +- .../widgets/services/jdownloader/index.html | 8 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/jellyfin/index.html | 10 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/jellyseerr/index.html | 6 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/kavita/index.html | 8 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/komga/index.html | 8 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/kopia/index.html | 12 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/lidarr/index.html | 6 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/mastodon/index.html | 4 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/mealie/index.html | 6 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/medusa/index.html | 6 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/mikrotik/index.html | 8 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/minecraft/index.html | 4 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/miniflux/index.html | 6 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/mjpeg/index.html | 4 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/moonraker/index.html | 4 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/mylar/index.html | 6 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/navidrome/index.html | 10 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/nextcloud/index.html | 14 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/nextdns/index.html | 6 +- .../services/nginx-proxy-manager/index.html | 8 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/nzbget/index.html | 8 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/octoprint/index.html | 6 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/omada/index.html | 10 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/ombi/index.html | 6 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/opendtu/index.html | 4 +- .../services/openmediavault/index.html | 10 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/opnsense/index.html | 8 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/overseerr/index.html | 6 +- .../widgets/services/paperlessngx/index.html | 14 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/pfsense/index.html | 10 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/photoprism/index.html | 8 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/pialert/index.html | 4 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/pihole/index.html | 6 +- .../widgets/services/plex-tautulli/index.html | 6 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/plex/index.html | 6 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/portainer/index.html | 8 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/prometheus/index.html | 4 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/prowlarr/index.html | 6 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/proxmox/index.html | 18 +- .../services/proxmoxbackupserver/index.html | 8 +- .../widgets/services/pterodactyl/index.html | 6 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/pyload/index.html | 8 +- .../widgets/services/qbittorrent/index.html | 8 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/qnap/index.html | 8 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/radarr/index.html | 8 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/readarr/index.html | 6 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/rutorrent/index.html | 8 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/sabnzbd/index.html | 6 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/scrutiny/index.html | 4 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/sonarr/index.html | 8 +- .../services/speedtest-tracker/index.html | 4 +- .../syncthing-relay-server/index.html | 4 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/tailscale/index.html | 6 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/tdarr/index.html | 4 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/traefik/index.html | 8 +- .../widgets/services/transmission/index.html | 10 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/truenas/index.html | 10 +- .../widgets/services/tubearchivist/index.html | 6 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/unmanic/index.html | 4 +- .../widgets/services/uptime-kuma/index.html | 6 +- .../widgets/services/uptimerobot/index.html | 6 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/urbackup/index.html | 10 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/watchtower/index.html | 6 +- .../widgets/services/whatsupdocker/index.html | 4 +- v0.7.3/widgets/services/xteve/index.html | 8 +- 121 files changed, 995 insertions(+), 981 deletions(-) diff --git a/v0.7.3/configs/bookmarks/index.html b/v0.7.3/configs/bookmarks/index.html index 1e8194bdb..ac4887c9d 100644 --- a/v0.7.3/configs/bookmarks/index.html +++ b/v0.7.3/configs/bookmarks/index.html @@ -4537,20 +4537,20 @@

You can also use an icon for bookmarks similar to the options for service icons. If both icon and abbreviation are supplied, the icon takes precedence.

By default, the description will use the hostname of the link, but you can override it with a custom description.

- Developer:
-      - Github:
-            - abbr: GH
-              href: https://github.com/
+    - Github:
+        - abbr: GH
+          href: https://github.com/
 
 - Social:
-      - Reddit:
-            - icon: reddit.png
-              href: https://reddit.com/
-              description: The front page of the internet
+    - Reddit:
+        - icon: reddit.png
+          href: https://reddit.com/
+          description: The front page of the internet
 
 - Entertainment:
-      - YouTube:
-            - abbr: YT
-              href: https://youtube.com/
+    - YouTube:
+        - abbr: YT
+          href: https://youtube.com/

Bookmarks

diff --git a/v0.7.3/configs/docker/index.html b/v0.7.3/configs/docker/index.html index 9b37c5eb8..b2de0096f 100644 --- a/v0.7.3/configs/docker/index.html +++ b/v0.7.3/configs/docker/index.html @@ -4816,49 +4816,49 @@

Docker instances are configured inside the docker.yaml file. Both IP:PORT and Socket connections are supported.

For IP:PORT, simply make sure your Docker instance has been configured to accept API traffic over the HTTP API.

my-remote-docker:
-    host: 192.168.0.101
-    port: 2375
+  host: 192.168.0.101
+  port: 2375

Using Docker TLS

Since Docker supports connecting with TLS and client certificate authentication, you can include TLS details when connecting to the HTTP API. Further details of setting up Docker to accept TLS connections, and generation of the keys and certs can be found in the Docker documentation. The file entries are relative to the config directory (location of docker.yaml file).

my-remote-docker:
-    host: 192.168.0.101
-    port: 275
-    tls:
-        keyFile: tls/key.pem
-        caFile: tls/ca.pem
-        certFile: tls/cert.pem
+  host: 192.168.0.101
+  port: 275
+  tls:
+    keyFile: tls/key.pem
+    caFile: tls/ca.pem
+    certFile: tls/cert.pem

Using Docker Socket Proxy

Due to security concerns with exposing the docker socket directly, you can use a docker-socket-proxy container to expose the docker socket on a more restricted and secure API.

Here is an example docker-compose file that will expose the docker socket, and then connect to it from the homepage container:

dockerproxy:
-    image: ghcr.io/tecnativa/docker-socket-proxy:latest
-    container_name: dockerproxy
-    environment:
-        - CONTAINERS=1 # Allow access to viewing containers
-        - SERVICES=1 # Allow access to viewing services (necessary when using Docker Swarm)
-        - TASKS=1 # Allow access to viewing tasks (necessary when using Docker Swarm)
-        - POST=0 # Disallow any POST operations (effectively read-only)
-    ports:
-        - 127.0.0.1:2375:2375
-    volumes:
-        - /var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock:ro # Mounted as read-only
-    restart: unless-stopped
+  image: ghcr.io/tecnativa/docker-socket-proxy:latest
+  container_name: dockerproxy
+  environment:
+    - CONTAINERS=1 # Allow access to viewing containers
+    - SERVICES=1 # Allow access to viewing services (necessary when using Docker Swarm)
+    - TASKS=1 # Allow access to viewing tasks (necessary when using Docker Swarm)
+    - POST=0 # Disallow any POST operations (effectively read-only)
+  ports:
+    - 127.0.0.1:2375:2375
+  volumes:
+    - /var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock:ro # Mounted as read-only
+  restart: unless-stopped
 
 homepage:
-    image: ghcr.io/gethomepage/homepage:latest
-    container_name: homepage
-    volumes:
-        - /path/to/config:/app/config
-    ports:
-        - 3000:3000
-    restart: unless-stopped
+  image: ghcr.io/gethomepage/homepage:latest
+  container_name: homepage
+  volumes:
+    - /path/to/config:/app/config
+  ports:
+    - 3000:3000
+  restart: unless-stopped

Then, inside of your docker.yaml settings file, you'd configure the docker instance like so:

my-docker:
-    host: dockerproxy
-    port: 2375
+  host: dockerproxy
+  port: 2375

Using Socket Directly

If you'd rather use the socket directly, first make sure that you're passing the local socket into the Docker container.

@@ -4867,19 +4867,19 @@

In order to use the socket directly homepage must be running as root

homepage:
-    image: ghcr.io/gethomepage/homepage:latest
-    container_name: homepage
-    volumes:
-        - /path/to/config:/app/config
-        - /var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock # pass local proxy
-    ports:
-        - 3000:3000
-    restart: unless-stopped
+  image: ghcr.io/gethomepage/homepage:latest
+  container_name: homepage
+  volumes:
+    - /path/to/config:/app/config
+    - /var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock # pass local proxy
+  ports:
+    - 3000:3000
+  restart: unless-stopped

If you're using docker run, this would be -v /var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock.

Then, inside of your docker.yaml settings file, you'd configure the docker instance like so:

my-docker:
-    socket: /var/run/docker.sock
+  socket: /var/run/docker.sock

Services

Once you've configured your docker instances, you can then apply them to your services, to get stats and status reporting shown.

@@ -4895,53 +4895,53 @@

Homepage features automatic service discovery for containers with the proper labels attached, all configuration options can be applied using dot notation, beginning with homepage.

Below is an example of the same service entry shown above, as docker labels.

services:
-    emby:
-        image: lscr.io/linuxserver/emby:latest
-        container_name: emby
-        ports:
-            - 8096:8096
-        restart: unless-stopped
-        labels:
-            - homepage.group=Media
-            - homepage.name=Emby
-            - homepage.icon=emby.png
-            - homepage.href=http://emby.home/
-            - homepage.description=Media server
+  emby:
+    image: lscr.io/linuxserver/emby:latest
+    container_name: emby
+    ports:
+      - 8096:8096
+    restart: unless-stopped
+    labels:
+      - homepage.group=Media
+      - homepage.name=Emby
+      - homepage.icon=emby.png
+      - homepage.href=http://emby.home/
+      - homepage.description=Media server

When your Docker instance has been properly configured, this service will be automatically discovered and added to your Homepage. You do not need to specify the server or container values, as they will be automatically inferred.

When using docker swarm use deploy/labels

Widgets

You may also configure widgets, along with the standard service entry, again, using dot notation.

labels:
-    - homepage.group=Media
-    - homepage.name=Emby
-    - homepage.icon=emby.png
-    - homepage.href=http://emby.home/
-    - homepage.description=Media server
-    - homepage.widget.type=emby
-    - homepage.widget.url=http://emby.home
-    - homepage.widget.key=yourembyapikeyhere
-    - homepage.widget.fields=["field1","field2"] # optional
+  - homepage.group=Media
+  - homepage.name=Emby
+  - homepage.icon=emby.png
+  - homepage.href=http://emby.home/
+  - homepage.description=Media server
+  - homepage.widget.type=emby
+  - homepage.widget.url=http://emby.home
+  - homepage.widget.key=yourembyapikeyhere
+  - homepage.widget.fields=["field1","field2"] # optional

You can add specify fields for e.g. the CustomAPI widget by using array-style dot notation:

labels:
-    - homepage.group=Media
-    - homepage.name=Emby
-    - homepage.icon=emby.png
-    - homepage.href=http://emby.home/
-    - homepage.description=Media server
-    - homepage.widget.type=customapi
-    - homepage.widget.url=http://argus.service/api/v1/service/summary/emby
-    - homepage.widget.field[0].label=Deployed Version
-    - homepage.widget.field[0].field.status=deployed_version
-    - homepage.widget.field[1].label=Latest Version
-    - homepage.widget.field[1].field.status=latest_version
+  - homepage.group=Media
+  - homepage.name=Emby
+  - homepage.icon=emby.png
+  - homepage.href=http://emby.home/
+  - homepage.description=Media server
+  - homepage.widget.type=customapi
+  - homepage.widget.url=http://argus.service/api/v1/service/summary/emby
+  - homepage.widget.field[0].label=Deployed Version
+  - homepage.widget.field[0].field.status=deployed_version
+  - homepage.widget.field[1].label=Latest Version
+  - homepage.widget.field[1].field.status=latest_version

Docker Swarm

Docker swarm is supported and Docker services are specified with the same server and container notation. To enable swarm support you will need to include a swarm setting in your docker.yaml, e.g.

my-docker:
-    socket: /var/run/docker.sock
-    swarm: true
+  socket: /var/run/docker.sock
+  swarm: true

For the automatic service discovery to discover all services it is important that homepage should be deployed on a manager node. Set deploy requirements to the master node in your stack yaml config, e.g.

....
diff --git a/v0.7.3/configs/kubernetes/index.html b/v0.7.3/configs/kubernetes/index.html
index 6747d2137..c68a3451f 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/configs/kubernetes/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/configs/kubernetes/index.html
@@ -4723,18 +4723,18 @@
 
Sometimes this is insufficient for complex or atypical application deployments. In these cases, the pod-selector field can be used. Any field selector can be used with it, so it allows for some very powerful selection capabilities.

 
For instance, it can be utilized to roll multiple underlying deployments under one application to see a high-level aggregate:

 
- Element Chat:
-      icon: matrix-light.png
-      href: https://chat.example.com
-      description: Matrix Synapse Powered Chat
-      app: matrix-element
-      namespace: comms
-      pod-selector: >-
-          app.kubernetes.io/instance in (
-              matrix-element,
-              matrix-media-repo,
-              matrix-media-repo-postgresql,
-              matrix-synapse
-          )
+    icon: matrix-light.png
+    href: https://chat.example.com
+    description: Matrix Synapse Powered Chat
+    app: matrix-element
+    namespace: comms
+    pod-selector: >-
+      app.kubernetes.io/instance in (
+          matrix-element,
+          matrix-media-repo,
+          matrix-media-repo-postgresql,
+          matrix-synapse
+      )
 

 

 
Note

@@ -4745,29 +4745,29 @@
 
apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
 kind: Ingress
 metadata:
-    name: emby
-    annotations:
-        gethomepage.dev/enabled: "true"
-        gethomepage.dev/description: Media Server
-        gethomepage.dev/group: Media
-        gethomepage.dev/icon: emby.png
-        gethomepage.dev/name: Emby
-        gethomepage.dev/widget.type: "emby"
-        gethomepage.dev/widget.url: "https://emby.example.com"
-        gethomepage.dev/pod-selector: ""
-        gethomepage.dev/weight: 10 # optional
+  name: emby
+  annotations:
+    gethomepage.dev/enabled: "true"
+    gethomepage.dev/description: Media Server
+    gethomepage.dev/group: Media
+    gethomepage.dev/icon: emby.png
+    gethomepage.dev/name: Emby
+    gethomepage.dev/widget.type: "emby"
+    gethomepage.dev/widget.url: "https://emby.example.com"
+    gethomepage.dev/pod-selector: ""
+    gethomepage.dev/weight: 10 # optional
 spec:
-    rules:
-        - host: emby.example.com
-          http:
-              paths:
-                  - backend:
-                        service:
-                            name: emby
-                            port:
-                                number: 8080
-                    path: /
-                    pathType: Prefix
+  rules:
+    - host: emby.example.com
+      http:
+        paths:
+          - backend:
+              service:
+                name: emby
+                port:
+                  number: 8080
+            path: /
+            pathType: Prefix
 

 
When the Kubernetes cluster connection has been properly configured, this service will be automatically discovered and added to your Homepage. You do not need to specify the namespace or app values, as they will be automatically inferred.

 
Traefik IngressRoute support

@@ -4775,32 +4775,33 @@
 
apiVersion: traefik.io/v1alpha1
 kind: IngressRoute
 metadata:
-    name: emby
-    annotations:
-        gethomepage.dev/href: "https://emby.example.com"
-        gethomepage.dev/enabled: "true"
-        gethomepage.dev/description: Media Server
-        gethomepage.dev/group: Media
-        gethomepage.dev/icon: emby.png
-        gethomepage.dev/name: Emby
-        gethomepage.dev/widget.type: "emby"
-        gethomepage.dev/widget.url: "https://emby.example.com"
-        gethomepage.dev/pod-selector: ""
-        gethomepage.dev/weight: 10 # optional
-spec:
-    entryPoints:
-        - websecure
-    routes:
-        - kind: Rule
-          match: Host(`emby.example.com`)
-          services:
-              - kind: Service
-                name: emby
-                namespace: emby
-                port: 8080
-                scheme: http
-                strategy: RoundRobin
-                weight: 10
+  name: emby
+  annotations:
+    gethomepage.dev/href: "https://emby.example.com"
+    gethomepage.dev/enabled: "true"
+    gethomepage.dev/description: Media Server
+    gethomepage.dev/group: Media
+    gethomepage.dev/icon: emby.png
+    gethomepage.dev/app: emby-app # optional, may be needed if app.kubernetes.io/name != ingress metadata.name
+    gethomepage.dev/name: Emby
+    gethomepage.dev/widget.type: "emby"
+    gethomepage.dev/widget.url: "https://emby.example.com"
+    gethomepage.dev/pod-selector: ""
+    gethomepage.dev/weight: 10 # optional
+spec:
+  entryPoints:
+    - websecure
+  routes:
+    - kind: Rule
+      match: Host(`emby.example.com`)
+      services:
+        - kind: Service
+          name: emby
+          namespace: emby
+          port: 8080
+          scheme: http
+          strategy: RoundRobin
+          weight: 10
 

 
If the href attribute is not present, Homepage will ignore the specific IngressRoute.

 
Caveats

diff --git a/v0.7.3/configs/service-widgets/index.html b/v0.7.3/configs/service-widgets/index.html
index ed9399c45..fb5ba14f2 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/configs/service-widgets/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/configs/service-widgets/index.html
@@ -4610,25 +4610,25 @@
 
In addition to the href of the service, you can also specify the target location in which to open that link. See Link Target for more details.

 
Using Emby as an example, this is how you would attach the Emby service widget.

 
- Emby:
-      icon: emby.png
-      href: http://emby.host.or.ip/
-      description: Movies & TV Shows
-      widget:
-          type: emby
-          url: http://emby.host.or.ip
-          key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
+    icon: emby.png
+    href: http://emby.host.or.ip/
+    description: Movies & TV Shows
+    widget:
+      type: emby
+      url: http://emby.host.or.ip
+      key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
 

 
Field Visibility

 
Each widget can optionally provide a list of which fields should be visible via the fields widget property. If no fields are specified, then all fields will be displayed. The fields property must be a valid YAML array of strings. As an example, here is the entry for Sonarr showing only a couple of fields.

 
In all cases a widget will work and display all fields without specifying the fields property.

 
- Sonarr:
-      icon: sonarr.png
-      href: http://sonarr.host.or.ip
-      widget:
-          type: sonarr
-          fields: ["wanted", "queued"]
-          url: http://sonarr.host.or.ip
-          key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
+    icon: sonarr.png
+    href: http://sonarr.host.or.ip
+    widget:
+      type: sonarr
+      fields: ["wanted", "queued"]
+      url: http://sonarr.host.or.ip
+      key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
 

 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/configs/settings/index.html b/v0.7.3/configs/settings/index.html
index ba2638886..f22794476 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/configs/settings/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/configs/settings/index.html
@@ -5542,7 +5542,7 @@ More information about prefixed icons can be found in 
statusStyle: 'dot'
+
statusStyle: "dot"
 

 
or per-service (services.yaml) with:

 
- Example Service:
diff --git a/v0.7.3/installation/docker/index.html b/v0.7.3/installation/docker/index.html
index 390c8f125..20d4f11da 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/installation/docker/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/installation/docker/index.html
@@ -4660,14 +4660,14 @@
 
Using docker compose:

 
version: "3.3"
 services:
-    homepage:
-        image: ghcr.io/gethomepage/homepage:latest
-        container_name: homepage
-        ports:
-            - 3000:3000
-        volumes:
-            - /path/to/config:/app/config # Make sure your local config directory exists
-            - /var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock # (optional) For docker integrations
+  homepage:
+    image: ghcr.io/gethomepage/homepage:latest
+    container_name: homepage
+    ports:
+      - 3000:3000
+    volumes:
+      - /path/to/config:/app/config # Make sure your local config directory exists
+      - /var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock # (optional) For docker integrations
 

 
Running as non-root

 
By default, the Homepage container runs as root. Homepage also supports running your container as non-root via the standard PUID and PGID environment variables. When using these variables, make sure that any volumes mounted in to the container have the correct ownership and permissions set.

@@ -4675,17 +4675,17 @@
 
In the docker compose example below, the environment variables $PUID and $PGID are set in a .env file.

 
version: "3.3"
 services:
-    homepage:
-        image: ghcr.io/gethomepage/homepage:latest
-        container_name: homepage
-        ports:
-            - 3000:3000
-        volumes:
-            - /path/to/config:/app/config # Make sure your local config directory exists
-            - /var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock # (optional) For docker integrations, see alternative methods
-        environment:
-            PUID: $PUID
-            PGID: $PGID
+  homepage:
+    image: ghcr.io/gethomepage/homepage:latest
+    container_name: homepage
+    ports:
+      - 3000:3000
+    volumes:
+      - /path/to/config:/app/config # Make sure your local config directory exists
+      - /var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock # (optional) For docker integrations, see alternative methods
+    environment:
+      PUID: $PUID
+      PGID: $PGID
 

 
With Docker Run

 
docker run -p 3000:3000 -v /path/to/config:/app/config -v /var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock ghcr.io/gethomepage/homepage:latest
diff --git a/v0.7.3/installation/k8s/index.html b/v0.7.3/installation/k8s/index.html
index 1aad53c64..889616064 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/installation/k8s/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/installation/k8s/index.html
@@ -4832,70 +4832,70 @@
 

 
The helm chart allows for all the configurations to be inlined directly in your values.yaml:

 
config:
-    bookmarks:
-        - Developer:
-              - Github:
-                    - abbr: GH
-                      href: https://github.com/
-    services:
-        - My First Group:
-              - My First Service:
-                    href: http://localhost/
-                    description: Homepage is awesome
+  bookmarks:
+    - Developer:
+        - Github:
+            - abbr: GH
+              href: https://github.com/
+  services:
+    - My First Group:
+        - My First Service:
+            href: http://localhost/
+            description: Homepage is awesome
 
-        - My Second Group:
-              - My Second Service:
-                    href: http://localhost/
-                    description: Homepage is the best
+    - My Second Group:
+        - My Second Service:
+            href: http://localhost/
+            description: Homepage is the best
 
-        - My Third Group:
-              - My Third Service:
-                    href: http://localhost/
-                    description: Homepage is 😎
-    widgets:
-        # show the kubernetes widget, with the cluster summary and individual nodes
-        - kubernetes:
-              cluster:
-                  show: true
-                  cpu: true
-                  memory: true
-                  showLabel: true
-                  label: "cluster"
-              nodes:
-                  show: true
-                  cpu: true
-                  memory: true
-                  showLabel: true
-        - search:
-              provider: duckduckgo
-              target: _blank
-    kubernetes:
-        mode: cluster
-    settings:
+    - My Third Group:
+        - My Third Service:
+            href: http://localhost/
+            description: Homepage is 😎
+  widgets:
+    # show the kubernetes widget, with the cluster summary and individual nodes
+    - kubernetes:
+        cluster:
+          show: true
+          cpu: true
+          memory: true
+          showLabel: true
+          label: "cluster"
+        nodes:
+          show: true
+          cpu: true
+          memory: true
+          showLabel: true
+    - search:
+        provider: duckduckgo
+        target: _blank
+  kubernetes:
+    mode: cluster
+  settings:
 
 # The service account is necessary to allow discovery of other services
 serviceAccount:
-    create: true
-    name: homepage
+  create: true
+  name: homepage
 
 # This enables the service account to access the necessary resources
 enableRbac: true
 
 ingress:
-    main:
-        enabled: true
-        annotations:
-            # Example annotations to add Homepage to your Homepage!
-            gethomepage.dev/enabled: "true"
-            gethomepage.dev/name: "Homepage"
-            gethomepage.dev/description: "Dynamically Detected Homepage"
-            gethomepage.dev/group: "Dynamic"
-            gethomepage.dev/icon: "homepage.png"
-        hosts:
-            - host: homepage.example.com
-              paths:
-                  - path: /
-                    pathType: Prefix
+  main:
+    enabled: true
+    annotations:
+      # Example annotations to add Homepage to your Homepage!
+      gethomepage.dev/enabled: "true"
+      gethomepage.dev/name: "Homepage"
+      gethomepage.dev/description: "Dynamically Detected Homepage"
+      gethomepage.dev/group: "Dynamic"
+      gethomepage.dev/icon: "homepage.png"
+    hosts:
+      - host: homepage.example.com
+        paths:
+          - path: /
+            pathType: Prefix
 

 
Install with Kubernetes Manifests

 
If you don't want to use the unofficial Helm chart, you can also create your own Kubernetes manifest(s) and apply them with kubectl apply -f filename.yaml.

@@ -4904,254 +4904,254 @@
 
apiVersion: v1
 kind: ServiceAccount
 metadata:
-    name: homepage
-    namespace: default
-    labels:
-        app.kubernetes.io/name: homepage
+  name: homepage
+  namespace: default
+  labels:
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: homepage
 secrets:
-    - name: homepage
+  - name: homepage
 

 
Secret

 
apiVersion: v1
 kind: Secret
 type: kubernetes.io/service-account-token
 metadata:
-    name: homepage
-    namespace: default
-    labels:
-        app.kubernetes.io/name: homepage
-    annotations:
-        kubernetes.io/service-account.name: homepage
+  name: homepage
+  namespace: default
+  labels:
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: homepage
+  annotations:
+    kubernetes.io/service-account.name: homepage
 

 
ConfigMap

 
apiVersion: v1
 kind: ConfigMap
 metadata:
-    name: homepage
-    namespace: default
-    labels:
-        app.kubernetes.io/name: homepage
+  name: homepage
+  namespace: default
+  labels:
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: homepage
 data:
-    kubernetes.yaml: |
-        mode: cluster
-    settings.yaml: ""
-    #settings.yaml: |
-    #  providers:
-    #    longhorn:
-    #      url: https://longhorn.my.network
-    custom.css: ""
-    custom.js: ""
-    bookmarks.yaml: |
-        - Developer:
-            - Github:
-                - abbr: GH
-                  href: https://github.com/
-    services.yaml: |
-        - My First Group:
-            - My First Service:
-                href: http://localhost/
-                description: Homepage is awesome
+  kubernetes.yaml: |
+    mode: cluster
+  settings.yaml: ""
+  #settings.yaml: |
+  #  providers:
+  #    longhorn:
+  #      url: https://longhorn.my.network
+  custom.css: ""
+  custom.js: ""
+  bookmarks.yaml: |
+    - Developer:
+        - Github:
+            - abbr: GH
+              href: https://github.com/
+  services.yaml: |
+    - My First Group:
+        - My First Service:
+            href: http://localhost/
+            description: Homepage is awesome
 
-        - My Second Group:
-            - My Second Service:
-                href: http://localhost/
-                description: Homepage is the best
+    - My Second Group:
+        - My Second Service:
+            href: http://localhost/
+            description: Homepage is the best
 
-        - My Third Group:
-            - My Third Service:
-                href: http://localhost/
-                description: Homepage is 😎
-    widgets.yaml: |
-        - kubernetes:
-            cluster:
-              show: true
-              cpu: true
-              memory: true
-              showLabel: true
-              label: "cluster"
-            nodes:
-              show: true
-              cpu: true
-              memory: true
-              showLabel: true
-        - resources:
-            backend: resources
-            expanded: true
-            cpu: true
-            memory: true
-        - search:
-            provider: duckduckgo
-            target: _blank
-    docker.yaml: ""
+    - My Third Group:
+        - My Third Service:
+            href: http://localhost/
+            description: Homepage is 😎
+  widgets.yaml: |
+    - kubernetes:
+        cluster:
+          show: true
+          cpu: true
+          memory: true
+          showLabel: true
+          label: "cluster"
+        nodes:
+          show: true
+          cpu: true
+          memory: true
+          showLabel: true
+    - resources:
+        backend: resources
+        expanded: true
+        cpu: true
+        memory: true
+    - search:
+        provider: duckduckgo
+        target: _blank
+  docker.yaml: ""
 

 
ClusterRole and ClusterRoleBinding

 
apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
 kind: ClusterRole
 metadata:
-    name: homepage
-    labels:
-        app.kubernetes.io/name: homepage
+  name: homepage
+  labels:
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: homepage
 rules:
-    - apiGroups:
-          - ""
-      resources:
-          - namespaces
-          - pods
-          - nodes
-      verbs:
-          - get
-          - list
-    - apiGroups:
-          - extensions
-          - networking.k8s.io
-      resources:
-          - ingresses
-      verbs:
-          - get
-          - list
-    - apiGroups:
-          - traefik.containo.us
-      resources:
-          - ingressroutes
-      verbs:
-          - get
-          - list
-    - apiGroups:
-          - metrics.k8s.io
-      resources:
-          - nodes
-          - pods
-      verbs:
-          - get
-          - list
+  - apiGroups:
+      - ""
+    resources:
+      - namespaces
+      - pods
+      - nodes
+    verbs:
+      - get
+      - list
+  - apiGroups:
+      - extensions
+      - networking.k8s.io
+    resources:
+      - ingresses
+    verbs:
+      - get
+      - list
+  - apiGroups:
+      - traefik.containo.us
+    resources:
+      - ingressroutes
+    verbs:
+      - get
+      - list
+  - apiGroups:
+      - metrics.k8s.io
+    resources:
+      - nodes
+      - pods
+    verbs:
+      - get
+      - list
 ---
 apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
 kind: ClusterRoleBinding
 metadata:
-    name: homepage
-    labels:
-        app.kubernetes.io/name: homepage
+  name: homepage
+  labels:
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: homepage
 roleRef:
-    apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io
-    kind: ClusterRole
-    name: homepage
+  apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io
+  kind: ClusterRole
+  name: homepage
 subjects:
-    - kind: ServiceAccount
-      name: homepage
-      namespace: default
+  - kind: ServiceAccount
+    name: homepage
+    namespace: default
 

 
Service

 
apiVersion: v1
 kind: Service
 metadata:
-    name: homepage
-    namespace: default
-    labels:
-        app.kubernetes.io/name: homepage
-    annotations:
+  name: homepage
+  namespace: default
+  labels:
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: homepage
+  annotations:
 spec:
-    type: ClusterIP
-    ports:
-        - port: 3000
-          targetPort: http
-          protocol: TCP
-          name: http
-    selector:
-        app.kubernetes.io/name: homepage
+  type: ClusterIP
+  ports:
+    - port: 3000
+      targetPort: http
+      protocol: TCP
+      name: http
+  selector:
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: homepage
 

 
Deployment

 
apiVersion: apps/v1
 kind: Deployment
 metadata:
-    name: homepage
-    namespace: default
-    labels:
-        app.kubernetes.io/name: homepage
+  name: homepage
+  namespace: default
+  labels:
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: homepage
 spec:
-    revisionHistoryLimit: 3
-    replicas: 1
-    strategy:
-        type: RollingUpdate
-    selector:
-        matchLabels:
-            app.kubernetes.io/name: homepage
-    template:
-        metadata:
-            labels:
-                app.kubernetes.io/name: homepage
-        spec:
-            serviceAccountName: homepage
-            automountServiceAccountToken: true
-            dnsPolicy: ClusterFirst
-            enableServiceLinks: true
-            containers:
-                - name: homepage
-                  image: "ghcr.io/gethomepage/homepage:latest"
-                  imagePullPolicy: Always
-                  ports:
-                      - name: http
-                        containerPort: 3000
-                        protocol: TCP
-                  volumeMounts:
-                      - mountPath: /app/config/custom.js
-                        name: homepage-config
-                        subPath: custom.js
-                      - mountPath: /app/config/custom.css
-                        name: homepage-config
-                        subPath: custom.css
-                      - mountPath: /app/config/bookmarks.yaml
-                        name: homepage-config
-                        subPath: bookmarks.yaml
-                      - mountPath: /app/config/docker.yaml
-                        name: homepage-config
-                        subPath: docker.yaml
-                      - mountPath: /app/config/kubernetes.yaml
-                        name: homepage-config
-                        subPath: kubernetes.yaml
-                      - mountPath: /app/config/services.yaml
-                        name: homepage-config
-                        subPath: services.yaml
-                      - mountPath: /app/config/settings.yaml
-                        name: homepage-config
-                        subPath: settings.yaml
-                      - mountPath: /app/config/widgets.yaml
-                        name: homepage-config
-                        subPath: widgets.yaml
-                      - mountPath: /app/config/logs
-                        name: logs
-            volumes:
-                - name: homepage-config
-                  configMap:
-                      name: homepage
-                - name: logs
-                  emptyDir: {}
+  revisionHistoryLimit: 3
+  replicas: 1
+  strategy:
+    type: RollingUpdate
+  selector:
+    matchLabels:
+      app.kubernetes.io/name: homepage
+  template:
+    metadata:
+      labels:
+        app.kubernetes.io/name: homepage
+    spec:
+      serviceAccountName: homepage
+      automountServiceAccountToken: true
+      dnsPolicy: ClusterFirst
+      enableServiceLinks: true
+      containers:
+        - name: homepage
+          image: "ghcr.io/gethomepage/homepage:latest"
+          imagePullPolicy: Always
+          ports:
+            - name: http
+              containerPort: 3000
+              protocol: TCP
+          volumeMounts:
+            - mountPath: /app/config/custom.js
+              name: homepage-config
+              subPath: custom.js
+            - mountPath: /app/config/custom.css
+              name: homepage-config
+              subPath: custom.css
+            - mountPath: /app/config/bookmarks.yaml
+              name: homepage-config
+              subPath: bookmarks.yaml
+            - mountPath: /app/config/docker.yaml
+              name: homepage-config
+              subPath: docker.yaml
+            - mountPath: /app/config/kubernetes.yaml
+              name: homepage-config
+              subPath: kubernetes.yaml
+            - mountPath: /app/config/services.yaml
+              name: homepage-config
+              subPath: services.yaml
+            - mountPath: /app/config/settings.yaml
+              name: homepage-config
+              subPath: settings.yaml
+            - mountPath: /app/config/widgets.yaml
+              name: homepage-config
+              subPath: widgets.yaml
+            - mountPath: /app/config/logs
+              name: logs
+      volumes:
+        - name: homepage-config
+          configMap:
+            name: homepage
+        - name: logs
+          emptyDir: {}
 

 
Ingress

 
apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
 kind: Ingress
 metadata:
-    name: homepage
-    namespace: default
-    labels:
-        app.kubernetes.io/name: homepage
-    annotations:
-        gethomepage.dev/description: Dynamically Detected Homepage
-        gethomepage.dev/enabled: "true"
-        gethomepage.dev/group: Cluster Management
-        gethomepage.dev/icon: homepage.png
-        gethomepage.dev/name: Homepage
+  name: homepage
+  namespace: default
+  labels:
+    app.kubernetes.io/name: homepage
+  annotations:
+    gethomepage.dev/description: Dynamically Detected Homepage
+    gethomepage.dev/enabled: "true"
+    gethomepage.dev/group: Cluster Management
+    gethomepage.dev/icon: homepage.png
+    gethomepage.dev/name: Homepage
 spec:
-    rules:
-        - host: "homepage.my.network"
-          http:
-              paths:
-                  - path: "/"
-                    pathType: Prefix
-                    backend:
-                        service:
-                            name: homepage
-                            port:
-                                number: 3000
+  rules:
+    - host: "homepage.my.network"
+      http:
+        paths:
+          - path: "/"
+            pathType: Prefix
+            backend:
+              service:
+                name: homepage
+                port:
+                  number: 3000
 

 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/installation/unraid/index.html b/v0.7.3/installation/unraid/index.html
index c1dca814f..0803da448 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/installation/unraid/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/installation/unraid/index.html
@@ -4663,46 +4663,37 @@
 
  • In the UNRAID webGUI, go to the Apps tab.
    • 
 
  • In the search bar, search for homepage.
    • 
 
  • Click on Install.
    • 
-
  • Change the parameters to your liking.
      
+
    • Change the parameters to your liking.
      • 
 
    • Click on APPLY.
      • 
 
    
-
    • 
-
 
    Run the Container
    
 
      
-
    • While the container is running, open the WebUI.
        
+
      • While the container is running, open the WebUI.
        • 
 
      • Opening the page will generate the configuration files.
        • 
 
      
-
      • 
-
    
 
    You may need to set the permissions of the folders to be able to edit the files.
    
 
      
 
    • Click on the Homepage icon.
      • 
-
    • Click on Console.
        
+
      • Click on Console.
        • 
 
      • Enter chmod -R u-x,go-rwx,go+u,ugo+X /app/config and press Enter.
        • 
 
      • Enter chmod -R u-x,go-rwx,go+u,ugo+X /app/public/icons and press Enter.
        • 
 
      • Enter chown -R nobody:users /app/config and press Enter.
        • 
 
      • Enter chown -R nobody:users /app/public/icons and press Enter.
        • 
 
      
-
      • 
-
    
 
    Some Other Notes
    
 
      
-
    • 
-
      To use the Docker integration, you only need to use the container: parameter. There is no need to set the server.
      
-
      
-
      Note
      
-
      To view detailed container statistics (CPU, RAM, etc.), or if you use a remote docker socket, container: will still need to be set. For example:
      
-
      
+
    • To use the Docker integration, you only need to use the container: parameter. There is no need to set the server.
      • 
+
    
+
    !!! note
    
+
        To view detailed container statistics (CPU, RAM, etc.), or if you use a remote docker socket, `container:` will still need to be set. For example:
+
    
 
        - Plex:
         icon: /icons/plex.png
         href: https://app.plex.com
         container: plex
 
    
-
-
  • 
-
    When you upload a new image into the /images folder, you will need to restart the container for it to show up in the WebUI. Please see the service icons for more information.
    
-
    • 
+
      
+
    • When you upload a new image into the /images folder, you will need to restart the container for it to show up in the WebUI. Please see the service icons for more information.
      • 
 
    
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/more/development/index.html b/v0.7.3/more/development/index.html
index b93c16e89..80e490c64 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/more/development/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/more/development/index.html
@@ -4485,6 +4485,19 @@
         
   
   
+
+      
+        
  • 
+  
+    
+      
+        
+          Code formatting with pre-commit hooks
+        
+      
+    
+  
+  
 
    • 
       
         
  • 
@@ -4616,6 +4629,19 @@
     
   
   
+
    • 
+      
+        
  • 
+  
+    
+      
+        
+          Code formatting with pre-commit hooks
+        
+      
+    
+  
+  
 
    • 
       
         
  • 
@@ -4671,6 +4697,12 @@
 
    Once dependencies have been installed you can lint your code with
    
 
    pnpm lint
 
    
+
    Code formatting with pre-commit hooks
    
+
    To ensure a consistent style and formatting across the project source, the project utilizes Git pre-commit hooks to perform some formatting and linting before a commit is allowed.
+That way, everyone uses the same style and some common issues can be caught early on.
    
+
    Once installed, hooks will run when you commit. If the formatting isn't quite right or a linter catches something, the commit will be rejected.
+You'll need to look at the output and fix the issue. Some hooks will format failing files, so all you need to do is git add those files again
+and retry your commit.
    
 
    Service Widget Guidelines
    
 
    To ensure cohesiveness of various widgets, the following should be used as a guide for developing new widgets:
    
 
      
diff --git a/v0.7.3/more/translations/index.html b/v0.7.3/more/translations/index.html
index 6aac24081..f344cd854 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/more/translations/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/more/translations/index.html
@@ -4631,7 +4631,7 @@
 
   
      Translations
      
 
-
      Homepage is developed in English, component contributions must be in English.  All translations are community provided, so a huge thanks go out to all those who have helped out so far!
      
+
      Homepage is developed in English, component contributions must be in English. All translations are community provided, so a huge thanks go out to all those who have helped out so far!
      
 
      Support Translations
      
 
      If you'd like to lend a hand in translating Homepage into more languages, or to improve existing translations, the process is very simple:
      
 
        
diff --git a/v0.7.3/search/search_index.json b/v0.7.3/search/search_index.json
index f656043d8..1422f3331 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/search/search_index.json
+++ b/v0.7.3/search/search_index.json
@@ -1 +1 @@
-{"config":{"lang":["en"],"separator":"[\\s\\-]+","pipeline":["stemmer","stopWordFilter","trimmer"],"fields":{"title":{"boost":1000.0},"text":{"boost":1.0},"tags":{"boost":1000000.0}}},"docs":[{"location":"","title":"Home","text":"
           A modern, fully static, fast, secure fully proxied, highly customizable application dashboard with integrations for over 100 services and translations into multiple languages. Easily configured via YAML files or through docker label discovery.   
        "},{"location":"configs/","title":"Configuration","text":"
        Homepage uses YAML for configuration, YAML stands for \"YAML Ain't Markup Language.\". It's a human-readable data serialization format that's a superset of JSON. Great for config files, easy to read and write. Supports complex data types like lists and objects. Indentation matters. If you already use Docker Compose, you already use YAML.
         
        Here are some tips when writing YAML:
         
           
        1. Use Indentation Carefully: YAML relies on indentation, not brackets.
          2.  
        2. Avoid Tabs: Stick to spaces for indentation to avoid parsing errors. 2 spaces are common.
          3.  
        3. Quote Strings: Use single or double quotes for strings with special characters, this is especially important for API keys.
          4.  
        4. Key-Value Syntax: Use key: value format. Colon must be followed by a space.
          5.  
        5. Validate: Always validate your YAML with a linter before deploying.
          6.  
         
        You can find tons of online YAML validators, here's one: https://codebeautify.org/yaml-validator, heres another: https://jsonformatter.org/yaml-validator.
        "},{"location":"configs/bookmarks/","title":"Bookmarks","text":"
        Bookmarks function much the same as Services, in how groups and lists work. They're just much simpler, smaller, and contain no extra features other than being a link out.
         
        The design of homepage expects abbr to be 2 letters, but is not otherwise forced.
         
        You can also use an icon for bookmarks similar to the options for service icons. If both icon and abbreviation are supplied, the icon takes precedence.
         
        By default, the description will use the hostname of the link, but you can override it with a custom description.
         
        - Developer:\n- Github:\n- abbr: GH\nhref: https://github.com/\n- Social:\n- Reddit:\n- icon: reddit.png\nhref: https://reddit.com/\ndescription: The front page of the internet\n- Entertainment:\n- YouTube:\n- abbr: YT\nhref: https://youtube.com/\n
         
        "},{"location":"configs/custom-css-js/","title":"Custom CSS & JS","text":"
        As of version v0.6.30 homepage supports adding your own custom css & javascript. Please do so at your own risk.
         
        To add custom css simply edit the custom.css file under your config directory, similarly for javascript you would edit custom.js. You can then target elements in homepage with various classes / ids to customize things to your liking.
         
        You can also set a specific id for a service or bookmark to target with your custom css or javascript, e.g.
         
        Service:\nid: myserviceid\nicon: icon.png\n...\n
        "},{"location":"configs/docker/","title":"Docker","text":"
        Docker instances are configured inside the docker.yaml file. Both IP:PORT and Socket connections are supported.
         
        For IP:PORT, simply make sure your Docker instance has been configured to accept API traffic over the HTTP API.
         
        my-remote-docker:\nhost: 192.168.0.101\nport: 2375\n
        "},{"location":"configs/docker/#using-docker-tls","title":"Using Docker TLS","text":"
        Since Docker supports connecting with TLS and client certificate authentication, you can include TLS details when connecting to the HTTP API. Further details of setting up Docker to accept TLS connections, and generation of the keys and certs can be found in the Docker documentation. The file entries are relative to the config directory (location of docker.yaml file).
         
        my-remote-docker:\nhost: 192.168.0.101\nport: 275\ntls:\nkeyFile: tls/key.pem\ncaFile: tls/ca.pem\ncertFile: tls/cert.pem\n
        "},{"location":"configs/docker/#using-docker-socket-proxy","title":"Using Docker Socket Proxy","text":"
        Due to security concerns with exposing the docker socket directly, you can use a docker-socket-proxy container to expose the docker socket on a more restricted and secure API.
         
        Here is an example docker-compose file that will expose the docker socket, and then connect to it from the homepage container:
         
        dockerproxy:\nimage: ghcr.io/tecnativa/docker-socket-proxy:latest\ncontainer_name: dockerproxy\nenvironment:\n- CONTAINERS=1 # Allow access to viewing containers\n- SERVICES=1 # Allow access to viewing services (necessary when using Docker Swarm)\n- TASKS=1 # Allow access to viewing tasks (necessary when using Docker Swarm)\n- POST=0 # Disallow any POST operations (effectively read-only)\nports:\n- 127.0.0.1:2375:2375\nvolumes:\n- /var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock:ro # Mounted as read-only\nrestart: unless-stopped\nhomepage:\nimage: ghcr.io/gethomepage/homepage:latest\ncontainer_name: homepage\nvolumes:\n- /path/to/config:/app/config\nports:\n- 3000:3000\nrestart: unless-stopped\n
         
        Then, inside of your docker.yaml settings file, you'd configure the docker instance like so:
         
        my-docker:\nhost: dockerproxy\nport: 2375\n
        "},{"location":"configs/docker/#using-socket-directly","title":"Using Socket Directly","text":"
        If you'd rather use the socket directly, first make sure that you're passing the local socket into the Docker container.
         
        Note
         
        In order to use the socket directly homepage must be running as root
         
        homepage:\nimage: ghcr.io/gethomepage/homepage:latest\ncontainer_name: homepage\nvolumes:\n- /path/to/config:/app/config\n- /var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock # pass local proxy\nports:\n- 3000:3000\nrestart: unless-stopped\n
         
        If you're using docker run, this would be -v /var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock.
         
        Then, inside of your docker.yaml settings file, you'd configure the docker instance like so:
         
        my-docker:\nsocket: /var/run/docker.sock\n
        "},{"location":"configs/docker/#services","title":"Services","text":"
        Once you've configured your docker instances, you can then apply them to your services, to get stats and status reporting shown.
         
        Inside of the service you'd like to connect to docker:
         
        - Emby:\nicon: emby.png\nhref: \"http://emby.home/\"\ndescription: Media server\nserver: my-docker # The docker server that was configured\ncontainer: emby # The name of the container you'd like to connect\n
        "},{"location":"configs/docker/#automatic-service-discovery","title":"Automatic Service Discovery","text":"
        Homepage features automatic service discovery for containers with the proper labels attached, all configuration options can be applied using dot notation, beginning with homepage.
         
        Below is an example of the same service entry shown above, as docker labels.
         
        services:\nemby:\nimage: lscr.io/linuxserver/emby:latest\ncontainer_name: emby\nports:\n- 8096:8096\nrestart: unless-stopped\nlabels:\n- homepage.group=Media\n- homepage.name=Emby\n- homepage.icon=emby.png\n- homepage.href=http://emby.home/\n- homepage.description=Media server\n
         
        When your Docker instance has been properly configured, this service will be automatically discovered and added to your Homepage. You do not need to specify the server or container values, as they will be automatically inferred.
         
        When using docker swarm use deploy/labels
        "},{"location":"configs/docker/#widgets","title":"Widgets","text":"
        You may also configure widgets, along with the standard service entry, again, using dot notation.
         
        labels:\n- homepage.group=Media\n- homepage.name=Emby\n- homepage.icon=emby.png\n- homepage.href=http://emby.home/\n- homepage.description=Media server\n- homepage.widget.type=emby\n- homepage.widget.url=http://emby.home\n- homepage.widget.key=yourembyapikeyhere\n- homepage.widget.fields=[\"field1\",\"field2\"] # optional\n
         
        You can add specify fields for e.g. the CustomAPI widget by using array-style dot notation:
         
        labels:\n- homepage.group=Media\n- homepage.name=Emby\n- homepage.icon=emby.png\n- homepage.href=http://emby.home/\n- homepage.description=Media server\n- homepage.widget.type=customapi\n- homepage.widget.url=http://argus.service/api/v1/service/summary/emby\n- homepage.widget.field[0].label=Deployed Version\n- homepage.widget.field[0].field.status=deployed_version\n- homepage.widget.field[1].label=Latest Version\n- homepage.widget.field[1].field.status=latest_version\n
        "},{"location":"configs/docker/#docker-swarm","title":"Docker Swarm","text":"
        Docker swarm is supported and Docker services are specified with the same server and container notation. To enable swarm support you will need to include a swarm setting in your docker.yaml, e.g.
         
        my-docker:\nsocket: /var/run/docker.sock\nswarm: true\n
         
        For the automatic service discovery to discover all services it is important that homepage should be deployed on a manager node. Set deploy requirements to the master node in your stack yaml config, e.g.
         
        ....\ndeploy:\nplacement:\nconstraints:\n- node.role == manager\n...\n
         
        In order to detect every service within the Docker swarm it is necessary that service labels should be used and not container labels. Specify the homepage labels as:
         
        ....\ndeploy:\nlabels:\n- homepage.icon=foobar\n...\n
        "},{"location":"configs/docker/#ordering","title":"Ordering","text":"
        As of v0.6.4 discovered services can include an optional weight field to determine sorting such that:
         
           
        • Default weight for discovered services is 0
          •  
        • Default weight for configured services is their index within their group scaled by 100, i.e. (index + 1) * 100
          •  
        • If two items have the same weight value, then they will be sorted by name
          •  
        "},{"location":"configs/docker/#show-stats","title":"Show stats","text":"
        You can show the docker stats by clicking the status indicator but this can also be controlled per-service with:
         
        - Example Service:\n...\nshowStats: true\n
         
        Also see the settings for show docker stats.
        "},{"location":"configs/kubernetes/","title":"Kubernetes","text":"
        The Kubernetes connectivity has the following requirements:
         
           
        • Kubernetes 1.19+
          •  
        • Metrics Service
          •  
        • An Ingress controller
          •  
         
        The Kubernetes connection is configured in the kubernetes.yaml file. There are 3 modes to choose from:
         
           
        • disabled - disables kubernetes connectivity
          •  
        • default - uses the default kubeconfig resolution
          •  
        • cluster - uses a service account inside the cluster
          •  
         
        mode: default\n
        "},{"location":"configs/kubernetes/#services","title":"Services","text":"
        Once the Kubernetes connection is configured, individual services can be configured to pull statistics. Only CPU and Memory are currently supported.
         
        Inside of the service you'd like to connect to a pod:
         
        - Emby:\nicon: emby.png\nhref: \"http://emby.home/\"\ndescription: Media server\nnamespace: media # The kubernetes namespace the app resides in\napp: emby # The name of the deployed app\n
         
        The app field is used to create a label selector, in this example case it would match pods with the label: app.kubernetes.io/name=emby.
         
        Sometimes this is insufficient for complex or atypical application deployments. In these cases, the pod-selector field can be used. Any field selector can be used with it, so it allows for some very powerful selection capabilities.
         
        For instance, it can be utilized to roll multiple underlying deployments under one application to see a high-level aggregate:
         
        - Element Chat:\nicon: matrix-light.png\nhref: https://chat.example.com\ndescription: Matrix Synapse Powered Chat\napp: matrix-element\nnamespace: comms\npod-selector: >-\napp.kubernetes.io/instance in (\nmatrix-element,\nmatrix-media-repo,\nmatrix-media-repo-postgresql,\nmatrix-synapse\n)\n
         
        Note
         
        A blank string as a pod-selector does not deactivate it, but will actually select all pods in the namespace. This is a useful way to capture the resource usage of a complex application siloed to a single namespace, like Longhorn.
        "},{"location":"configs/kubernetes/#automatic-service-discovery","title":"Automatic Service Discovery","text":"
        Homepage features automatic service discovery by Ingress annotations. All configuration options can be applied using typical annotation syntax, beginning with gethomepage.dev/.
         
        apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1\nkind: Ingress\nmetadata:\nname: emby\nannotations:\ngethomepage.dev/enabled: \"true\"\ngethomepage.dev/description: Media Server\ngethomepage.dev/group: Media\ngethomepage.dev/icon: emby.png\ngethomepage.dev/name: Emby\ngethomepage.dev/widget.type: \"emby\"\ngethomepage.dev/widget.url: \"https://emby.example.com\"\ngethomepage.dev/pod-selector: \"\"\ngethomepage.dev/weight: 10 # optional\nspec:\nrules:\n- host: emby.example.com\nhttp:\npaths:\n- backend:\nservice:\nname: emby\nport:\nnumber: 8080\npath: /\npathType: Prefix\n
         
        When the Kubernetes cluster connection has been properly configured, this service will be automatically discovered and added to your Homepage. You do not need to specify the namespace or app values, as they will be automatically inferred.
        "},{"location":"configs/kubernetes/#traefik-ingressroute-support","title":"Traefik IngressRoute support","text":"
        Homepage can also read ingresses defined using the Traefik IngressRoute custom resource definition. Due to the complex nature of Traefik routing rules, it is required for the gethomepage.dev/href annotation to be set:
         
        apiVersion: traefik.io/v1alpha1\nkind: IngressRoute\nmetadata:\nname: emby\nannotations:\ngethomepage.dev/href: \"https://emby.example.com\"\ngethomepage.dev/enabled: \"true\"\ngethomepage.dev/description: Media Server\ngethomepage.dev/group: Media\ngethomepage.dev/icon: emby.png\ngethomepage.dev/name: Emby\ngethomepage.dev/widget.type: \"emby\"\ngethomepage.dev/widget.url: \"https://emby.example.com\"\ngethomepage.dev/pod-selector: \"\"\ngethomepage.dev/weight: 10 # optional\nspec:\nentryPoints:\n- websecure\nroutes:\n- kind: Rule\nmatch: Host(`emby.example.com`)\nservices:\n- kind: Service\nname: emby\nnamespace: emby\nport: 8080\nscheme: http\nstrategy: RoundRobin\nweight: 10\n
         
        If the href attribute is not present, Homepage will ignore the specific IngressRoute.
        "},{"location":"configs/kubernetes/#caveats","title":"Caveats","text":"
        Similarly to Docker service discovery, there currently is no rigid ordering to discovered services and discovered services will be displayed above those specified in the services.yaml.
        "},{"location":"configs/service-widgets/","title":"Service Widgets","text":"
        Unless otherwise noted, URLs should not end with a / or other API path. Each widget will handle the path on its own.
         
        Each service can have one widget attached to it (often matching the service type, but thats not forced).
         
        In addition to the href of the service, you can also specify the target location in which to open that link. See Link Target for more details.
         
        Using Emby as an example, this is how you would attach the Emby service widget.
         
        - Emby:\nicon: emby.png\nhref: http://emby.host.or.ip/\ndescription: Movies & TV Shows\nwidget:\ntype: emby\nurl: http://emby.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
        "},{"location":"configs/service-widgets/#field-visibility","title":"Field Visibility","text":"
        Each widget can optionally provide a list of which fields should be visible via the fields widget property. If no fields are specified, then all fields will be displayed. The fields property must be a valid YAML array of strings. As an example, here is the entry for Sonarr showing only a couple of fields.
         
        In all cases a widget will work and display all fields without specifying the fields property.
         
        - Sonarr:\nicon: sonarr.png\nhref: http://sonarr.host.or.ip\nwidget:\ntype: sonarr\nfields: [\"wanted\", \"queued\"]\nurl: http://sonarr.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
        "},{"location":"configs/services/","title":"Services","text":"
        Services are configured inside the services.yaml file. You can have any number of groups, and any number of services per group.
        "},{"location":"configs/services/#groups","title":"Groups","text":"
        Groups are defined as top-level array entries.
         
        - Group A:\n- Service A:\nhref: http://localhost/\n- Group B:\n- Service B:\nhref: http://localhost/\n
         
        "},{"location":"configs/services/#services","title":"Services","text":"
        Services are defined as array entries on groups,
         
        - Group A:\n- Service A:\nhref: http://localhost/\n- Service B:\nhref: http://localhost/\n- Service C:\nhref: http://localhost/\n- Group B:\n- Service D:\nhref: http://localhost/\n
         
        "},{"location":"configs/services/#descriptions","title":"Descriptions","text":"
        Services may have descriptions,
         
        - Group A:\n- Service A:\nhref: http://localhost/\ndescription: This is my service\n- Group B:\n- Service B:\nhref: http://localhost/\ndescription: This is another service\n
         
        "},{"location":"configs/services/#icons","title":"Icons","text":"
        Services may have an icon attached to them, you can use icons from Dashboard Icons automatically, by passing the name of the icon, with, or without .png or with .svg to use the svg version.
         
        You can also specify prefixed icons from Material Design Icons with mdi-XX or Simple Icons with si-XX.
         
        You can specify a custom color by adding a hex color code as suffix e.g. mdi-XX-#f0d453 or si-XX-#a712a2.
         
        To use a remote icon, use the absolute URL (e.g. https://...).
         
        To use a local icon, first create a Docker mount to /app/public/icons and then reference your icon as /icons/myicon.png. You will need to restart the container when adding new icons.
         
        Warning
         
        Material Design Icons for brands were deprecated and may be removed in the future. Using Simple Icons for brand icons will prevent any issues if / when the Material Design Icons are removed.
         
        - Group A:\n- Sonarr:\nicon: sonarr.png\nhref: http://sonarr.host/\ndescription: Series management\n- Group B:\n- Radarr:\nicon: radarr.png\nhref: http://radarr.host/\ndescription: Movie management\n- Group C:\n- Service:\nicon: mdi-flask-outline\nhref: http://service.host/\ndescription: My cool service\n
         
        "},{"location":"configs/services/#ping","title":"Ping","text":"
        Services may have an optional ping property that allows you to monitor the availability of an endpoint you chose and have the response time displayed. You do not need to set your ping URL equal to your href URL.
         
        Note
         
        The ping feature works by making an http HEAD request to the URL, and falls back to GET in case that fails. It will not, for example, login if the URL requires auth or is behind e.g. Authelia. In the case of a reverse proxy and/or auth this usually requires the use of an 'internal' URL to make the ping feature correctly display status.
         
        - Group A:\n- Sonarr:\nicon: sonarr.png\nhref: http://sonarr.host/\nping: http://sonarr.host/\n- Group B:\n- Radarr:\nicon: radarr.png\nhref: http://radarr.host/\nping: http://some.other.host/\n
         
         
        You can also apply different styles to the ping indicator by using the statusStyle property, see settings.
        "},{"location":"configs/services/#docker-integration","title":"Docker Integration","text":"
        Services may be connected to a Docker container, either running on the local machine, or a remote machine.
         
        - Group A:\n- Service A:\nhref: http://localhost/\ndescription: This is my service\nserver: my-server\ncontainer: my-container\n- Group B:\n- Service B:\nhref: http://localhost/\ndescription: This is another service\nserver: other-server\ncontainer: other-container\n
         
         
        Clicking on the status label of a service with Docker integration enabled will expand the container stats, where you can see CPU, Memory, and Network activity.
         
        Note
         
        This can also be controlled with showStats. See show docker stats for more information
         
        "},{"location":"configs/services/#service-integrations","title":"Service Integrations","text":"
        Services may also have a service widget (or integration) attached to them, this works independently of the Docker integration.
         
        You can find information and configuration for each of the supported integrations on the Service Widgets page.
         
        Here is an example of a Radarr & Sonarr service, with their respective integrations.
         
        - Group A:\n- Sonarr:\nicon: sonarr.png\nhref: http://sonarr.host/\ndescription: Series management\nwidget:\ntype: sonarr\nurl: http://sonarr.host\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n- Group B:\n- Radarr:\nicon: radarr.png\nhref: http://radarr.host/\ndescription: Movie management\nwidget:\ntype: radarr\nurl: http://radarr.host\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
         
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/","title":"Settings","text":"
        The settings.yaml file allows you to define application level options. For changes made to this file to take effect, you will need to regenerate the static HTML, this can be done by clicking the refresh icon in the bottom right of the page.
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#title","title":"Title","text":"
        You can customize the title of the page if you'd like.
         
        title: My Awesome Homepage\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#start-url","title":"Start URL","text":"
        You can customize the start_url as required for installable apps. The default is \"/\".
         
        startUrl: https://custom.url\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#background-image","title":"Background Image","text":"
        Heads Up!
         
        You will need to restart the container any time you add new images, this is a limitation of the Next.js static site server.
         
        Heads Up!
         
        Do not create a bind mount to the entire /app/public/ directory.
         
        If you'd like to use a background image instead of the solid theme color, you may provide a full URL to an image of your choice.
         
        background: https://images.unsplash.com/photo-1502790671504-542ad42d5189?auto=format&fit=crop&w=2560&q=80\n
         
        Or you may pass the path to a local image relative to e.g. /app/public/images directory.
         
        For example, inside of your Docker Compose file, mount a path to where your images are kept:
         
        volumes:\n- /my/homepage/images:/app/public/images\n
         
        and then reference that image:
         
        background: /images/background.png\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#background-opacity-filters","title":"Background Opacity & Filters","text":"
        You can specify filters to apply over your background image for blur, saturation and brightness as well as opacity to blend with the background color. The first three filter settings use tailwind CSS classes, see notes below regarding the options for each. You do not need to specify all options.
         
        background:\nimage: /images/background.png\nblur: sm # sm, \"\", md, xl... see https://tailwindcss.com/docs/backdrop-blur\nsaturate: 50 # 0, 50, 100... see https://tailwindcss.com/docs/backdrop-saturate\nbrightness: 50 # 0, 50, 75... see https://tailwindcss.com/docs/backdrop-brightness\nopacity: 50 # 0-100\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#card-background-blur","title":"Card Background Blur","text":"
        You can apply a blur filter to the service & bookmark cards. Note this option is incompatible with the backround blur, saturate and brightness filters.
         
        cardBlur: sm # sm, \"\", md, etc... see https://tailwindcss.com/docs/backdrop-blur\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#favicon","title":"Favicon","text":"
        If you'd like to use a custom favicon instead of the included one, you may provide a full URL to an image of your choice.
         
        favicon: https://www.google.com/favicon.ico\n
         
        Or you may pass the path to a local image relative to the /app/public directory. See Background Image for more detailed information on how to provide your own files.
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#theme","title":"Theme","text":"
        You can configure a fixed them (and disable the theme switcher) by passing the theme option, like so:
         
        theme: dark # or light\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#color-palette","title":"Color Palette","text":"
        You can configured a fixed color palette (and disable the palette switcher) by passing the color option, like so:
         
        color: slate\n
         
        Supported colors are: slate, gray, zinc, neutral, stone, amber, yellow, lime, green, emerald, teal, cyan, sky, blue, indigo, violet, purple, fuchsia, pink, rose, red, white
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#layout","title":"Layout","text":"
        You can configure service and bookmarks sections to be either \"column\" or \"row\" based layouts, like so:
         
        Assuming you have a group named Media in your services.yaml or bookmarks.yaml file,
         
        layout:\nMedia:\nstyle: row\ncolumns: 4\n
         
        As an example, this would produce the following layout:
         
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#sorting","title":"Sorting","text":"
        Service groups and bookmark groups can be mixed in order, but should use different group names. If you do not specify any bookmark groups they will all show at the bottom of the page.
         
        Using the same name for a service and bookmark group can cause unexpected behavior like a bookmark group being hidden
         
        Groups will sort based on the order in the layout block. You can also mix in groups defined by docker labels, e.g.
         
        layout:\n- Auto-Discovered1:\n- Configured1:\n- Configured2:\n- Auto-Discovered2:\n- Configured3:\nstyle: row\ncolumns: 3\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#headers","title":"Headers","text":"
        You can hide headers for each section in the layout as well by passing header as false, like so:
         
        layout:\nSection A:\nheader: false\nSection B:\nstyle: row\ncolumns: 3\nheader: false\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#category-icons","title":"Category Icons","text":"
        You can also add an icon to a category under the layout setting similar to the options for service icons, e.g.
         
          Home Management & Info:\nicon: home-assistant.png\nServer Tools:\nicon: https://cdn-icons-png.flaticon.com/512/252/252035.png\n...\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#icon-style","title":"Icon Style","text":"
        The default style for icons (e.g. icon: mdi-XXXX) is a gradient, or you can specify that prefixed icons match your theme with a 'flat' style using the setting below. More information about prefixed icons can be found in options for service icons.
         
        iconStyle: theme # optional, defaults to gradient\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#tabs","title":"Tabs","text":"
        Version 0.6.30 introduced a tabbed view to layouts which can be optionally specified in the layout. Tabs is only active if you set the tab field on at least one layout group.
         
        Tabs are sorted based on the order in the layout block. If a group has no tab specified (and tabs are set on other groups), services and bookmarks will be shown on all tabs.
         
        Every tab can be accessed directly by visiting Homepage URL with #Group (name lowercase and URI-encoded) at the end of the URL.
         
        For example, the following would create four tabs:
         
        layout:\n...\nBookmark Group on First Tab:\ntab: First\nFirst Service Group:\ntab: First\nstyle: row\ncolumns: 4\nSecond Service Group:\ntab: Second\ncolumns: 4\nThird Service Group:\ntab: Third\nstyle: row\nBookmark Group on Fourth Tab:\ntab: Fourth\nService Group on every Tab:\nstyle: row\ncolumns: 4\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#five-columns","title":"Five Columns","text":"
        You can add a fifth column (when style: columns which is default) by adding:
         
        fiveColumns: true\n
         
        By default homepage will max out at 4 columns for column style
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#collapsible-sections","title":"Collapsible sections","text":"
        You can disable the collapsible feature of services & bookmarks by adding:
         
        disableCollapse: true\n
         
        By default the feature is enabled.
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#header-style","title":"Header Style","text":"
        There are currently 4 options for header styles, you can see each one below.
         
         
        headerStyle: underlined # default style\n
         
         
        headerStyle: boxed\n
         
         
        headerStyle: clean\n
         
         
        headerStyle: boxedWidgets\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#base-url","title":"Base URL","text":"
        In some proxy configurations, it may be necessary to set the documents base URL. You can do this by providing a base value, like so:
         
        base: http://host.local/homepage\n
         
        The URL must be a full, absolute URL, or it will be ignored by the browser.
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#language","title":"Language","text":"
        Set your desired language using:
         
        language: fr\n
         
        Currently supported languages: ca, de, en, es, fr, he, hr, hu, it, nb-NO, nl, pt, ru, sv, vi, zh-CN, zh-Hant
         
        You can also specify locales e.g. for the DateTime widget, e.g. en-AU, en-GB, etc.
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#link-target","title":"Link Target","text":"
        Changes the behaviour of links on the homepage,
         
        target: _blank # Possible options include _blank, _self, and _top\n
         
        Use _blank to open links in a new tab, _self to open links in the same tab, and _top to open links in a new window.
         
        This can also be set for individual services. Note setting this at the service level overrides any setting in settings.json, e.g.:
         
        - Example Service:\nhref: https://example.com/\n...\ntarget: _self\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#providers","title":"Providers","text":"
        The providers section allows you to define shared API provider options and secrets. Currently this allows you to define your weather API keys in secret and is also the location of the Longhorn URL and credentials.
         
        providers:\nopenweathermap: openweathermapapikey\nweatherapi: weatherapiapikey\nlonghorn:\nurl: https://longhorn.example.com\nusername: admin\npassword: LonghornPassword\n
         
        You can then pass provider instead of apiKey in your widget configuration.
         
        - weather:\nlatitude: 50.449684\nlongitude: 30.525026\nprovider: weatherapi\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#quick-launch","title":"Quick Launch","text":"
        You can use the 'Quick Launch' feature to search services, perform a web search or open a URL. To use Quick Launch, just start typing while on your homepage (as long as the search widget doesnt have focus).
         
         
        There are a few optional settings for the Quick Launch feature:
         
           
        • searchDescriptions: which lets you control whether item descriptions are included in searches. This is off by default. When enabled, results that match the item name will be placed above those that only match the description.
          •  
        • hideInternetSearch: disable automatically including the currently-selected web search (e.g. from the widget) as a Quick Launch option. This is false by default, enabling the feature.
          •  
        • hideVisitURL: disable detecting and offering an option to open URLs. This is false by default, enabling the feature.
          •  
         
        quicklaunch:\nsearchDescriptions: true\nhideInternetSearch: true\nhideVisitURL: true\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#homepage-version","title":"Homepage Version","text":"
        By default the release version is displayed at the bottom of the page. To hide this, use the hideVersion setting, like so:
         
        hideVersion: true\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#log-path","title":"Log Path","text":"
        By default the homepage logfile is written to the a logs subdirectory of the config folder. In order to customize this path, you can set the logpath setting. A logs folder will be created in that location where the logfile will be written.
         
        logpath: /logfile/path\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#show-docker-stats","title":"Show Docker Stats","text":"
        You can show all docker stats expanded in settings.yaml:
         
        showStats: true\n
         
        or per-service (services.yaml) with:
         
        - Example Service:\n...\nshowStats: true\n
         
        If you have both set the per-service settings take precedence.
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#status-style","title":"Status Style","text":"
        You can choose from the following styles for docker or k8s status and ping: dot or basic
         
           
        • The default is no value, and displays the ping response time in ms and the docker / k8s container status
          •  
        • dot shows a green dot for a successful ping or healthy status.
          •  
        • basic shows either UP or DOWN for ping
          •  
         
        For example:
         
        statusStyle: 'dot'\n
         
        or per-service (services.yaml) with:
         
        - Example Service:\n...\nstatusStyle: 'dot'\n
         
        If you have both set, the per-service settings take precedence.
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#hide-widget-error-messages","title":"Hide Widget Error Messages","text":"
        Hide the visible API error messages either globally in settings.yaml:
         
        hideErrors: true\n
         
        or per service widget (services.yaml) with:
         
        - Example Service:\n...\nwidget:\n...\nhideErrors: true\n
         
        If either value is set to true, the errror message will be hidden.
        "},{"location":"installation/","title":"Installation","text":"
         You have a few options for deploying homepage, depending on your needs. We offer docker images for a majority of platforms. You can also install and run homepage from source if Docker is not your thing. It can even be installed on Kubernetes with Helm. 
         
         
         \u00a0 Install on Docker 
         
         \u00a0 Install on Kubernetes 
         
         \u00a0 Install on UNRAID 
         
         \u00a0 Building from source 
        "},{"location":"installation/docker/","title":"Docker Installation","text":"
        Using docker compose:
         
        version: \"3.3\"\nservices:\nhomepage:\nimage: ghcr.io/gethomepage/homepage:latest\ncontainer_name: homepage\nports:\n- 3000:3000\nvolumes:\n- /path/to/config:/app/config # Make sure your local config directory exists\n- /var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock # (optional) For docker integrations\n
        "},{"location":"installation/docker/#running-as-non-root","title":"Running as non-root","text":"
        By default, the Homepage container runs as root. Homepage also supports running your container as non-root via the standard PUID and PGID environment variables. When using these variables, make sure that any volumes mounted in to the container have the correct ownership and permissions set.
         
        Using the docker socket directly is not the recommended method of integration and requires either running homepage as root or that the user be part of the docker group
         
        In the docker compose example below, the environment variables $PUID and $PGID are set in a .env file.
         
        version: \"3.3\"\nservices:\nhomepage:\nimage: ghcr.io/gethomepage/homepage:latest\ncontainer_name: homepage\nports:\n- 3000:3000\nvolumes:\n- /path/to/config:/app/config # Make sure your local config directory exists\n- /var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock # (optional) For docker integrations, see alternative methods\nenvironment:\nPUID: $PUID\nPGID: $PGID\n
        "},{"location":"installation/docker/#with-docker-run","title":"With Docker Run","text":"
        docker run -p 3000:3000 -v /path/to/config:/app/config -v /var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock ghcr.io/gethomepage/homepage:latest\n
        "},{"location":"installation/docker/#using-environment-secrets","title":"Using Environment Secrets","text":"
        You can also include environment variables in your config files to protect sensitive information. Note:
         
           
        • Environment variables must start with HOMEPAGE_VAR_ or HOMEPAGE_FILE_
          •  
        • The value of env var HOMEPAGE_VAR_XXX will replace {{HOMEPAGE_VAR_XXX}} in any config
          •  
        • The value of env var HOMEPAGE_FILE_XXX must be a file path, the contents of which will be used to replace {{HOMEPAGE_FILE_XXX}} in any config
          •  
        "},{"location":"installation/k8s/","title":"Kubernetes Installation","text":""},{"location":"installation/k8s/#install-with-helm","title":"Install with Helm","text":"
        There is an unofficial helm chart that creates all the necessary manifests, including the service account and RBAC entities necessary for service discovery.
         
        helm repo add jameswynn https://jameswynn.github.io/helm-charts\nhelm install homepage jameswynn/homepage -f values.yaml\n
         
        The helm chart allows for all the configurations to be inlined directly in your values.yaml:
         
        config:\nbookmarks:\n- Developer:\n- Github:\n- abbr: GH\nhref: https://github.com/\nservices:\n- My First Group:\n- My First Service:\nhref: http://localhost/\ndescription: Homepage is awesome\n- My Second Group:\n- My Second Service:\nhref: http://localhost/\ndescription: Homepage is the best\n- My Third Group:\n- My Third Service:\nhref: http://localhost/\ndescription: Homepage is \ud83d\ude0e\nwidgets:\n# show the kubernetes widget, with the cluster summary and individual nodes\n- kubernetes:\ncluster:\nshow: true\ncpu: true\nmemory: true\nshowLabel: true\nlabel: \"cluster\"\nnodes:\nshow: true\ncpu: true\nmemory: true\nshowLabel: true\n- search:\nprovider: duckduckgo\ntarget: _blank\nkubernetes:\nmode: cluster\nsettings:\n# The service account is necessary to allow discovery of other services\nserviceAccount:\ncreate: true\nname: homepage\n# This enables the service account to access the necessary resources\nenableRbac: true\ningress:\nmain:\nenabled: true\nannotations:\n# Example annotations to add Homepage to your Homepage!\ngethomepage.dev/enabled: \"true\"\ngethomepage.dev/name: \"Homepage\"\ngethomepage.dev/description: \"Dynamically Detected Homepage\"\ngethomepage.dev/group: \"Dynamic\"\ngethomepage.dev/icon: \"homepage.png\"\nhosts:\n- host: homepage.example.com\npaths:\n- path: /\npathType: Prefix\n
        "},{"location":"installation/k8s/#install-with-kubernetes-manifests","title":"Install with Kubernetes Manifests","text":"
        If you don't want to use the unofficial Helm chart, you can also create your own Kubernetes manifest(s) and apply them with kubectl apply -f filename.yaml.
         
        Here's a working example of the resources you need:
        "},{"location":"installation/k8s/#serviceaccount","title":"ServiceAccount","text":"
        apiVersion: v1\nkind: ServiceAccount\nmetadata:\nname: homepage\nnamespace: default\nlabels:\napp.kubernetes.io/name: homepage\nsecrets:\n- name: homepage\n
        "},{"location":"installation/k8s/#secret","title":"Secret","text":"
        apiVersion: v1\nkind: Secret\ntype: kubernetes.io/service-account-token\nmetadata:\nname: homepage\nnamespace: default\nlabels:\napp.kubernetes.io/name: homepage\nannotations:\nkubernetes.io/service-account.name: homepage\n
        "},{"location":"installation/k8s/#configmap","title":"ConfigMap","text":"
        apiVersion: v1\nkind: ConfigMap\nmetadata:\nname: homepage\nnamespace: default\nlabels:\napp.kubernetes.io/name: homepage\ndata:\nkubernetes.yaml: |\nmode: cluster\nsettings.yaml: \"\"\n#settings.yaml: |\n#  providers:\n#    longhorn:\n#      url: https://longhorn.my.network\ncustom.css: \"\"\ncustom.js: \"\"\nbookmarks.yaml: |\n- Developer:\n- Github:\n- abbr: GH\nhref: https://github.com/\nservices.yaml: |\n- My First Group:\n- My First Service:\nhref: http://localhost/\ndescription: Homepage is awesome\n- My Second Group:\n- My Second Service:\nhref: http://localhost/\ndescription: Homepage is the best\n- My Third Group:\n- My Third Service:\nhref: http://localhost/\ndescription: Homepage is \ud83d\ude0e\nwidgets.yaml: |\n- kubernetes:\ncluster:\nshow: true\ncpu: true\nmemory: true\nshowLabel: true\nlabel: \"cluster\"\nnodes:\nshow: true\ncpu: true\nmemory: true\nshowLabel: true\n- resources:\nbackend: resources\nexpanded: true\ncpu: true\nmemory: true\n- search:\nprovider: duckduckgo\ntarget: _blank\ndocker.yaml: \"\"\n
        "},{"location":"installation/k8s/#clusterrole-and-clusterrolebinding","title":"ClusterRole and ClusterRoleBinding","text":"
        apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1\nkind: ClusterRole\nmetadata:\nname: homepage\nlabels:\napp.kubernetes.io/name: homepage\nrules:\n- apiGroups:\n- \"\"\nresources:\n- namespaces\n- pods\n- nodes\nverbs:\n- get\n- list\n- apiGroups:\n- extensions\n- networking.k8s.io\nresources:\n- ingresses\nverbs:\n- get\n- list\n- apiGroups:\n- traefik.containo.us\nresources:\n- ingressroutes\nverbs:\n- get\n- list\n- apiGroups:\n- metrics.k8s.io\nresources:\n- nodes\n- pods\nverbs:\n- get\n- list\n---\napiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1\nkind: ClusterRoleBinding\nmetadata:\nname: homepage\nlabels:\napp.kubernetes.io/name: homepage\nroleRef:\napiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io\nkind: ClusterRole\nname: homepage\nsubjects:\n- kind: ServiceAccount\nname: homepage\nnamespace: default\n
        "},{"location":"installation/k8s/#service","title":"Service","text":"
        apiVersion: v1\nkind: Service\nmetadata:\nname: homepage\nnamespace: default\nlabels:\napp.kubernetes.io/name: homepage\nannotations:\nspec:\ntype: ClusterIP\nports:\n- port: 3000\ntargetPort: http\nprotocol: TCP\nname: http\nselector:\napp.kubernetes.io/name: homepage\n
        "},{"location":"installation/k8s/#deployment","title":"Deployment","text":"
        apiVersion: apps/v1\nkind: Deployment\nmetadata:\nname: homepage\nnamespace: default\nlabels:\napp.kubernetes.io/name: homepage\nspec:\nrevisionHistoryLimit: 3\nreplicas: 1\nstrategy:\ntype: RollingUpdate\nselector:\nmatchLabels:\napp.kubernetes.io/name: homepage\ntemplate:\nmetadata:\nlabels:\napp.kubernetes.io/name: homepage\nspec:\nserviceAccountName: homepage\nautomountServiceAccountToken: true\ndnsPolicy: ClusterFirst\nenableServiceLinks: true\ncontainers:\n- name: homepage\nimage: \"ghcr.io/gethomepage/homepage:latest\"\nimagePullPolicy: Always\nports:\n- name: http\ncontainerPort: 3000\nprotocol: TCP\nvolumeMounts:\n- mountPath: /app/config/custom.js\nname: homepage-config\nsubPath: custom.js\n- mountPath: /app/config/custom.css\nname: homepage-config\nsubPath: custom.css\n- mountPath: /app/config/bookmarks.yaml\nname: homepage-config\nsubPath: bookmarks.yaml\n- mountPath: /app/config/docker.yaml\nname: homepage-config\nsubPath: docker.yaml\n- mountPath: /app/config/kubernetes.yaml\nname: homepage-config\nsubPath: kubernetes.yaml\n- mountPath: /app/config/services.yaml\nname: homepage-config\nsubPath: services.yaml\n- mountPath: /app/config/settings.yaml\nname: homepage-config\nsubPath: settings.yaml\n- mountPath: /app/config/widgets.yaml\nname: homepage-config\nsubPath: widgets.yaml\n- mountPath: /app/config/logs\nname: logs\nvolumes:\n- name: homepage-config\nconfigMap:\nname: homepage\n- name: logs\nemptyDir: {}\n
        "},{"location":"installation/k8s/#ingress","title":"Ingress","text":"
        apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1\nkind: Ingress\nmetadata:\nname: homepage\nnamespace: default\nlabels:\napp.kubernetes.io/name: homepage\nannotations:\ngethomepage.dev/description: Dynamically Detected Homepage\ngethomepage.dev/enabled: \"true\"\ngethomepage.dev/group: Cluster Management\ngethomepage.dev/icon: homepage.png\ngethomepage.dev/name: Homepage\nspec:\nrules:\n- host: \"homepage.my.network\"\nhttp:\npaths:\n- path: \"/\"\npathType: Prefix\nbackend:\nservice:\nname: homepage\nport:\nnumber: 3000\n
        "},{"location":"installation/source/","title":"Source Installation","text":"
        First, clone the repository:
         
        git clone https://github.com/gethomepage/homepage.git\n
         
        Then install dependencies and build the production bundle (I'm using pnpm here, you can use npm or yarn if you like):
         
        pnpm install\npnpm build\n
         
        If this is your first time starting, copy the src/skeleton directory to config/ to populate initial example config files.
         
        Finally, run the server:
         
        pnpm start\n
        "},{"location":"installation/unraid/","title":"UNRAID Installation","text":"
        Homepage has an UNRAID community package that you may use to install homepage. This is the easiest way to get started with homepage on UNRAID.
        "},{"location":"installation/unraid/#install-the-plugin","title":"Install the Plugin","text":"
           
        • In the UNRAID webGUI, go to the Apps tab.
          •  
        • In the search bar, search for homepage.
          •  
        • Click on Install.
          •  
        • Change the parameters to your liking.
             
          • Click on APPLY.
            •  
           
          •  
        "},{"location":"installation/unraid/#run-the-container","title":"Run the Container","text":"
           
        • While the container is running, open the WebUI.
             
          • Opening the page will generate the configuration files.
            •  
           
          •  
         
        You may need to set the permissions of the folders to be able to edit the files.
         
           
        • Click on the Homepage icon.
          •  
        • Click on Console.
             
          • Enter chmod -R u-x,go-rwx,go+u,ugo+X /app/config and press Enter.
            •  
          • Enter chmod -R u-x,go-rwx,go+u,ugo+X /app/public/icons and press Enter.
            •  
          • Enter chown -R nobody:users /app/config and press Enter.
            •  
          • Enter chown -R nobody:users /app/public/icons and press Enter.
            •  
           
          •  
        "},{"location":"installation/unraid/#some-other-notes","title":"Some Other Notes","text":"
           
        •  
          To use the Docker integration, you only need to use the container: parameter. There is no need to set the server.
           
          Note
           
          To view detailed container statistics (CPU, RAM, etc.), or if you use a remote docker socket, container: will still need to be set. For example:
           
              - Plex:\n        icon: /icons/plex.png\n        href: https://app.plex.com\n        container: plex\n
           
          •  
        •  
          When you upload a new image into the /images folder, you will need to restart the container for it to show up in the WebUI. Please see the service icons for more information.
           
          •  
        "},{"location":"more/","title":"More","text":"
        Here you'll find resources and guides for Homepage, troubleshooting tips, and more.
        "},{"location":"more/development/","title":"Development","text":""},{"location":"more/development/#development-overview","title":"Development Overview","text":"
        First, clone the homepage repository.
         
        For installing NPM packages, this project uses pnpm (and so should you!):
         
        pnpm install\n
         
        Start the development server:
         
        pnpm dev\n
         
        Open http://localhost:3000 to start.
         
        This is a Next.js application, see their documentation for more information.
        "},{"location":"more/development/#code-linting","title":"Code Linting","text":"
        Once dependencies have been installed you can lint your code with
         
        pnpm lint\n
        "},{"location":"more/development/#service-widget-guidelines","title":"Service Widget Guidelines","text":"
        To ensure cohesiveness of various widgets, the following should be used as a guide for developing new widgets:
         
           
        • Please only submit widgets that have been requested and have at least 5 'up-votes'
          •  
        • Widgets should be only one row of blocks
          •  
        • Widgets should be no more than 4 blocks wide
          •  
        • Minimize the number of API calls
          •  
        • Avoid the use of custom proxy unless absolutely necessary
          •  
        "},{"location":"more/homepage-move/","title":"Homepage Move","text":"
        As of v0.7.2 homepage migrated from benphelps/homepage to an \"organization\" repository located at gethomepage/homepage. The reason for this was to setup the project for longevity and allow for community maintenance.
         
        Migrating your installation should be as simple as changing image: ghcr.io/benphelps/homepage:latest to image: ghcr.io/gethomepage/homepage:latest.
        "},{"location":"more/translations/","title":"Translations","text":"
        Homepage is developed in English, component contributions must be in English.  All translations are community provided, so a huge thanks go out to all those who have helped out so far!
        "},{"location":"more/translations/#support-translations","title":"Support Translations","text":"
        If you'd like to lend a hand in translating Homepage into more languages, or to improve existing translations, the process is very simple:
         
           
        1. Create a free account at Crowdin
          2.  
        2. Visit the Homepage project
          3.  
        3. Select the language you'd like to translate
          4.  
        4. Start translating!
          5.  
        "},{"location":"more/translations/#adding-a-new-language","title":"Adding a new language","text":"
        If you'd like to add a new language, please create a new Discussion on Crowdin, and we'll add it to the project.
        "},{"location":"more/troubleshooting/","title":"Troubleshooting","text":""},{"location":"more/troubleshooting/#general-troubleshooting-tips","title":"General Troubleshooting Tips","text":"
           
        • For API errors, clicking the \"API Error Information\" button in the widget will usually show some helpful information as to whether the issue is reaching the service host, an authentication issue, etc.
          •  
        • Check config/logs/homepage.log, on docker simply e.g. docker logs homepage. This may provide some insight into the reason for an error.
          •  
        • Check the browser error console, this can also sometimes provide useful information.
          •  
        • Consider setting the ENV variable LOG_LEVEL to debug.
          •  
        "},{"location":"more/troubleshooting/#service-widget-errors","title":"Service Widget Errors","text":"
        All service widgets work essentially the same, that is, homepage makes a proxied call to an API made available by that service. The majority of the time widgets don't work it is a configuration issue. Of course, sometimes things do break. Some basic steps to try:
         
           
        1.  
          Ensure that you follow the rule mentioned on https://gethomepage.dev/latest/configs/service-widgets/. Unless otherwise noted, URLs should not end with a / or other API path. Each widget will handle the path on its own.. This is very important as including a trailing slash can result in an error.
           
          2.  
        2.  
          Verify the homepage installation can connect to the IP address or host you are using for the widget url. This is most simply achieved by pinging the server from the homepage machine, in Docker this means from inside the container itself, e.g.:
           
          docker exec homepage ping SERVICEIPORDOMAIN\n
           
          If your homepage install (container) cannot reach the service then you need to figure out why, for example in Docker this can mean putting the two containers on the same network, checking firewall issues, etc.
           
          3.  
        3.  
          If you have verified that homepage can in fact reach the service then you can also check the API output using e.g. curl, which is often helpful if you do need to file a bug report. Again, depending on your networking setup this may need to be run from inside the container as IP / hostname resolution can differ inside vs outside.
           
          Note
           
          curl is not installed in the base image by default but can be added inside the container with apk add curl.
           
          The exact API endpoints and authentication vary of course, but in many cases instructions can be found by searching the web or if you feel comfortable looking at the homepage source code (e.g. src/widgets/{widget}/widget.js).
           
          It is out of the scope of this to go into full detail about how to , but an example for PiHole would be:
           
          curl -L -k http://PIHOLEIPORHOST/admin/api.php\n
           
          Or for AdGuard:
           
          curl -L -k -u 'username:password' http://ADGUARDIPORHOST/control/stats\n
           
          Or for Portainer:
           
          curl -L -k -H 'X-Api-Key:YOURKEY' 'https://PORTAINERIPORHOST:PORT/api/endpoints/2/docker/containers/json'\n
           
          Sonarr:
           
          curl -L -k 'http://SONARRIPORHOST:PORT/api/v3/queue?apikey=YOURAPIKEY'\n
           
          This will return some data which may reveal an issue causing a true bug in the service widget.
           
          4.  
        "},{"location":"more/troubleshooting/#missing-custom-icons","title":"Missing custom icons","text":"
        If, after correctly adding and mapping your custom icons via the Icons instructions, you are still unable to see your icons please try recreating your container.
        "},{"location":"widgets/","title":"Widgets","text":"
        Homepage has two types of widgets: info and service. Below we'll cover each type and how to configure them.
        "},{"location":"widgets/#service-widgets","title":"Service Widgets","text":"
        Service widgets are used to display the status of a service, often a web service or API. Services (and their widgets) are defined in your services.yml file. Here's an example:
         
        - Plex:\nicon: plex.png\nhref: https://plex.my.host\ndescription: Watch movies and TV shows.\nserver: localhost\ncontainer: plex\nwidget:\ntype: tautulli\nurl: http://172.16.1.1:8181\nkey: aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnoo\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/#info-widgets","title":"Info Widgets","text":"
        Info widgets are used to display information in the header, often about your system or environment. Info widgets are defined your widgets.yml file. Here's an example:
         
        - openmeteo:\nlabel: Current\nlatitude: 36.66\nlongitude: -117.51\ncache: 5\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/info/datetime/","title":"Date & Time","text":"
        This allows you to display the date and/or time, can be heavily configured using Intl.DateTimeFormat.
         
        Formatting is locale aware and will present your date in the regional format you expect, for example, 9/16/22, 3:03 PM for locale en and 16.09.22, 15:03 for de. You can also specify a locale just for the datetime widget with the locale option (see below).
         
        - datetime:\ntext_size: xl\nformat:\ntimeStyle: short\n
         
        Any options passed to format are passed directly to Intl.DateTimeFormat, please reference the MDN documentation for all available options.
         
        Valid text sizes are 4xl, 3xl, 2xl, xl, md, sm, xs.
         
        A few examples,
         
        # 13:37\nformat:\ntimeStyle: short\nhourCycle: h23\n
         
        # 1:37 PM\nformat:\ntimeStyle: short\nhour12: true\n
         
        # 1/23/22, 1:37 PM\nformat:\ndateStyle: short\ntimeStyle: short\nhour12: true\n
         
        # 4 januari 2023 om 13:51:25 PST\nlocale: nl\nformat:\ndateStyle: long\ntimeStyle: long\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/info/glances/","title":"Glances","text":"
        (Find the Glances service widget here)
         
        The Glances widget allows you to monitor the resources (CPU, memory, storage, temp & uptime) of host or another machine, and is designed to match the resources info widget. You can have multiple instances by adding another configuration block. The cputemp, uptime & disk states require separate API calls and thus are not enabled by default. Glances needs to be running in \"web server\" mode to enable the API, see the glances docs.
         
        - glances:\nurl: http://host.or.ip:port\nusername: user # optional if auth enabled in Glances\npassword: pass # optional if auth enabled in Glances\ncpu: true # optional, enabled by default, disable by setting to false\nmem: true # optional, enabled by default, disable by setting to false\ncputemp: true # disabled by default\nuptime: true # disabled by default\ndisk: / # disabled by default, use mount point of disk(s) in glances. Can also be a list (see below)\nexpanded: true # show the expanded view\nlabel: MyMachine # optional\n
         
        Multiple disks can be specified as:
         
        disk:\n- /\n- /boot\n...\n
         
        Added in v0.4.18, updated in v0.6.11, v0.6.21
        "},{"location":"widgets/info/greeting/","title":"Greeting","text":"
        This allows you to display simple text, can be configured like so:
         
        - greeting:\ntext_size: xl\ntext: Greeting Text\n
         
        Valid text sizes are 4xl, 3xl, 2xl, xl, md, sm, xs.
        "},{"location":"widgets/info/kubernetes/","title":"Kubernetes","text":"
        This is very similar to the Resources widget, but provides resource information about a Kubernetes cluster.
         
        It provides CPU and Memory usage, by node and/or at the cluster level.
         
        - kubernetes:\ncluster:\n# Shows cluster-wide statistics\nshow: true\n# Shows the aggregate CPU stats\ncpu: true\n# Shows the aggregate memory stats\nmemory: true\n# Shows a custom label\nshowLabel: true\nlabel: \"cluster\"\nnodes:\n# Shows node-specific statistics\nshow: true\n# Shows the CPU for each node\ncpu: true\n# Shows the memory for each node\nmemory: true\n# Shows the label, which is always the node name\nshowLabel: true\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/info/logo/","title":"Logo","text":"
        This allows you to display the homepage logo, you can optionally specify your own icon using similar options as other icons, see service icons.
         
        - logo:\nicon: https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/d/d5/I_Love_New_York.svg/1101px-I_Love_New_York.svg.png # optional\n
         
        Added in v0.4.18, updated in 0.X.X
        "},{"location":"widgets/info/longhorn/","title":"Longhorn","text":"
        The Longhorn widget pulls storage utilization metrics from the Longhorn storage driver on Kubernetes. It is designed to appear similar to the Resource widget's disk representation.
         
        The exact metrics should be very similar to what is seen on the Longhorn dashboard itself.
         
        It can show the aggregate metrics and/or the individual node metrics.
         
        - longhorn:\n# Show the expanded view\nexpanded: true\n# Shows a node representing the aggregate values\ntotal: true\n# Shows the node names as labels\nlabels: true\n# Show the nodes\nnodes: true\n# An explicit list of nodes to show. All are shown by default if \"nodes\" is true\ninclude:\n- node1\n- node2\n
         
        The Longhorn URL and credentials are stored in the providers section of the settings.yaml.
        "},{"location":"widgets/info/openmeteo/","title":"Open-Meteo","text":"
        No registration is required at all! See https://open-meteo.com/en/docs
         
        - openmeteo:\nlabel: Kyiv # optional\nlatitude: 50.449684\nlongitude: 30.525026\ntimezone: Europe/Kiev # optional\nunits: metric # or imperial\ncache: 5 # Time in minutes to cache API responses, to stay within limits\n
         
        You can optionally not pass a latitude and longitude and the widget will use your current location (requires a secure context, eg. HTTPS).
        "},{"location":"widgets/info/openweathermap/","title":"OpenWeatherMap","text":"
        The free tier \"One Call API\" is all thats required, you will need to subscribe and grab your API key.
         
        - openweathermap:\nlabel: Kyiv #optional\nlatitude: 50.449684\nlongitude: 30.525026\nunits: metric # or imperial\nprovider: openweathermap\napiKey: youropenweathermapkey # required only if not using provider, this reveals api key in requests\ncache: 5 # Time in minutes to cache API responses, to stay within limits\n
         
        You can optionally not pass a latitude and longitude and the widget will use your current location (requires a secure context, eg. HTTPS).
        "},{"location":"widgets/info/resources/","title":"Resources","text":"
        You can include all or some of the available resources. If you do not want to see that resource, simply pass false.
         
        The disk path is the path reported by df (Mounted On), or the mount point of the disk.
         
        The cpu and memory resource information are the container's usage while glances displays statistics for the host machine on which it is installed.
         
        Note: unfortunately, the package used for getting CPU temp (systeminformation) is not compatibile with some setups and will not report any value(s) for CPU temp.
         
        Any disk you wish to access must be mounted to your container as a volume.
         
        - resources:\ncpu: true\nmemory: true\ndisk: /disk/mount/path\ncputemp: true\nuptime: true\nunits: imperial # only used by cpu temp\nrefresh: 3000 # optional, in ms\n
         
        You can also pass a label option, which allows you to group resources under named sections,
         
        - resources:\nlabel: System\ncpu: true\nmemory: true\n- resources:\nlabel: Storage\ndisk: /mnt/storage\n
         
        Which produces something like this,
         
         
        If you have more than a single disk and would like to group them together under the same label, you can pass an array of paths instead,
         
        - resources:\nlabel: Storage\ndisk:\n- /mnt/storage\n- /mnt/backup\n- /mnt/media\n
         
        To produce something like this,
         
         
        You can additionally supply an optional expanded property set to true in order to show additional details about the resources. By default the expanded property is set to false when not supplied.
         
        - resources:\nlabel: Array Disks\nexpanded: true\ndisk:\n- /disk1\n- /disk2\n- /disk3\n
         
        "},{"location":"widgets/info/search/","title":"Search","text":"
        You can add a search bar to your top widget area that can search using Google, Duckduckgo, Bing, Baidu, Brave or any other custom provider that supports the basic ?q= search query param.
         
        - search:\nprovider: google # google, duckduckgo, bing, baidu, brave or custom\nfocus: true # Optional, will set focus to the search bar on page load\ntarget: _blank # One of _self, _blank, _parent or _top\n
         
        or for a custom search:
         
        - search:\nprovider: custom\nurl: https://lougle.com/?q=\ntarget: _blank\n
         
        multiple providers is also supported via a dropdown (excluding custom):
         
        - search:\nprovider: [brave, google, duckduckgo]\n
         
        Added in v0.1.6, updated in 0.6.0
        "},{"location":"widgets/info/unifi_controller/","title":"Unifi Controller","text":"
        (Find the Unifi Controller service widget here)
         
        You can display general connectivity status from your Unifi (Network) Controller. When authenticating you will want to use a local account that has at least read privileges.
         
        An optional 'site' parameter can be supplied, if it is not the widget will use the default site for the controller.
         
        Note: If you enter e.g. incorrect credentials and receive an \"API Error\", you may need to recreate the container to clear the cache.
         
         
        - unifi_console:\nurl: https://unifi.host.or.ip:port\nusername: user\npassword: pass\nsite: Site Name # optional\n
         
        Added in v0.4.18, updated in 0.6.7
        "},{"location":"widgets/info/weather/","title":"Weather API","text":"
        Note: this widget is considered 'deprecated' since there is no longer a free Weather API tier for new members. See the openmeteo or openweathermap widgets for alternatives.
         
        The free tier is all thats required, you will need to register and grab your API key.
         
        - weatherapi:\nlabel: Kyiv # optional\nlatitude: 50.449684\nlongitude: 30.525026\nunits: metric # or imperial\napiKey: yourweatherapikey\ncache: 5 # Time in minutes to cache API responses, to stay within limits\n
         
        You can optionally not pass a latitude and longitude and the widget will use your current location (requires a secure context, eg. HTTPS).
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/adguard-home/","title":"Adguard Home","text":"
        The username and password are the same as used to login to the web interface.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"queries\", \"blocked\", \"filtered\", \"latency\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: adguard\nurl: http://adguard.host.or.ip\nusername: admin\npassword: password\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/atsumeru/","title":"Atsumeru","text":"
        Define same username and password that is used for login from web or supported apps
         
        Allowed fields: [\"series\", \"archives\", \"chapters\", \"categories\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: atsumeru\nurl: http://atsumeru.host.or.ip:port\nusername: username\npassword: password\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/audiobookshelf/","title":"Audiobookshelf","text":"
        You can find your API token by logging into the Audiobookshelf web app as an admin, go to the config \u2192 users page, and click on your account.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"podcasts\", \"podcastsDuration\", \"books\", \"booksDuration\"]
         
        widget:\ntype: audiobookshelf\nurl: http://audiobookshelf.host.or.ip:port\nkey: audiobookshelflapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/authentik/","title":"Authentik","text":"
        This widget reads the number of active users in the system, as well as logins for the last 24 hours.
         
        You will need to generate an API token for an existing user. To do so follow these steps:
         
           
        1. Navigate to the Authentik Admin Portal
          2.  
        2. Expand Directory, the click Tokens & App passwords
          3.  
        3. Click the Create button
          4.  
        4. Fill out the dialog making sure to set Intent to API Token
          5.  
        5. Click the Create button on the dialog
          6.  
        6. Click the copy button on the far right of the newly created API Token
          7.  
         
        Allowed fields: [\"users\", \"loginsLast24H\", \"failedLoginsLast24H\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: authentik\nurl: http://authentik.host.or.ip:22070\nkey: api_token\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/autobrr/","title":"Autobrr","text":"
        Find your API key under Settings > API Keys.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"approvedPushes\", \"rejectedPushes\", \"filters\", \"indexers\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: autobrr\nurl: http://autobrr.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/azuredevops/","title":"Azure DevOps","text":"
        This widget has 2 functions:
         
           
        1.  
          Pipelines: checks if the relevant pipeline is running or not, and if not, reports the last status.\\    Allowed fields: [\"result\", \"status\"].
           
          2.  
        2.  
          Pull Requests: returns the amount of open PRs, the amount of the PRs you have open, and how many PRs that you open are marked as 'Approved' by atleast 1 person and not yet completed.\\    Allowed fields: [\"totalPrs\", \"myPrs\", \"approved\"].
           
          3.  
         
        You will need to generate a personal access token for an existing user, see the azure documentation
         
        widget:\ntype: azuredevops\norganization: myOrganization\nproject: myProject\ndefinitionId: pipelineDefinitionId # required for pipelines\nbranchName: branchName # optional for pipelines, leave empty for all\nuserEmail: email # required for pull requests\nrepositoryId: prRepositoryId # required for pull requests\nkey: personalaccesstoken\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/bazarr/","title":"Bazarr","text":"
        Find your API key under Settings > General.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"missingEpisodes\", \"missingMovies\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: bazarr\nurl: http://bazarr.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/caddy/","title":"Caddy","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"upstreams\", \"requests\", \"requests_failed\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: caddy\nurl: http://caddy.host.or.ip:adminport # default admin port is 2019\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/calendar/","title":"Calendar","text":"
        This widget shows monthly calendar, with optional integrations to show events from supported widgets.
         
        widget:\ntype: calendar\nfirstDayInWeek: sunday # optional - defaults to monday\nintegrations: # optional\n- type: sonarr # active widget type that is currently enabled on homepage - possible values: radarr, sonarr, lidarr, readarr\nservice_group: Media # group name where widget exists\nservice_name: Sonarr # service name for that widget\ncolor: teal # optional - defaults to pre-defined color for the service (teal for sonarr)\nparams: # optional - additional params for the service\nunmonitored: true # optional - defaults to false, used with *arr stack\n
         
        Currently integrated widgets are sonarr, radarr, lidarr and readarr.
         
        Supported colors can be found on color palette.
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/calibre-web/","title":"Calibre-web","text":"
        Note: this widget requires a feature of calibre-web that has not yet been distributed in versioned release. The code is contained in \"nightly\" lsio builds after 25/8/23 or running the calibre-web source code including commit 0499e57.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"books\", \"authors\", \"categories\", \"series\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: calibreweb\nurl: http://your.calibreweb.host:port\nusername: username\npassword: password\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/changedetectionio/","title":"Changedetection.io","text":"
        Find your API key under Settings > API.
         
        widget:\ntype: changedetectionio\nurl: http://changedetection.host.or.ip:port\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/channelsdvrserver/","title":"Channels DVR Server","text":"
        widget:\ntype: channelsdvrserver\nurl: http://192.168.1.55:8089\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/cloudflared/","title":"Cloudflare Tunnels","text":"
        As of v0.6.10 this widget no longer accepts a Cloudflare global API key (or account email) due to security concerns. Instead, you should setup an API token which only requires the permissions Account.Cloudflare Tunnel:Read.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"status\", \"origin_ip\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: cloudflared\naccountid: accountid # from zero trust dashboard url e.g. https://one.dash.cloudflare.com/<accountid>/home/quick-start\ntunnelid: tunnelid # found in tunnels dashboard under the tunnel name\nkey: cloudflareapitoken # api token with `Account.Cloudflare Tunnel:Read` https://dash.cloudflare.com/profile/api-tokens\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/coin-market-cap/","title":"Coin Market Cap","text":"
        Get your API key from your CoinMarketCap Pro Dashboard.
         
        Allowed fields: no configurable fields for this widget.
         
        widget:\ntype: coinmarketcap\ncurrency: GBP # Optional\nsymbols: [BTC, LTC, ETH]\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\ndefaultinterval: 7d # Optional\n
         
        You can also specify slugs instead of symbols (since symbols aren't garaunteed to be unique). If you supply both, slugs will be used. For example:
         
        widget:\ntype: coinmarketcap\nslugs: [chia-network, uniswap]\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/customapi/","title":"Custom API","text":"
        This widget can show information from custom self-hosted or third party API.
         
        Fields need to be defined in the mappings section YAML object to correlate with the value in the APIs JSON object. Final field definition needs to be the key with the desired value information.
         
        widget:\ntype: customapi\nurl: http://custom.api.host.or.ip:port/path/to/exact/api/endpoint\nrefreshInterval: 10000 # optional - in milliseconds, defaults to 10s\nusername: username # auth - optional\npassword: password # auth - optional\nmethod: GET # optional, e.g. POST\nheaders: # optional, must be object, see below\nmappings:\n- field: key # needs to be YAML string or object\nlabel: Field 1\nformat: text # optional - defaults to text\n- field: # needs to be YAML string or object\npath:\nto: key2\nformat: number # optional - defaults to text\nlabel: Field 2\n- field: # needs to be YAML string or object\npath:\nto:\nanother: key3\nlabel: Field 3\nformat: percent # optional - defaults to text\n
         
        Supported formats for the values are text, number, float, percent, bytes and bitrate.
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/customapi/#example","title":"Example","text":"
        For the following JSON object from the API:
         
        {\n\"id\": 1,\n\"name\": \"Rick Sanchez\",\n\"status\": \"Alive\",\n\"species\": \"Human\",\n\"gender\": \"Male\",\n\"origin\": {\n\"name\": \"Earth (C-137)\"\n},\n\"locations\": [\n{\n\"name\": \"Earth (C-137)\"\n},\n{\n\"name\": \"Citadel of Ricks\"\n}\n]\n}\n
         
        Define the mappings section as an aray, for example:
         
        mappings:\n- field: name # Rick Sanchez\nlabel: Name\n- field: status # Alive\nlabel: Status\n- field:\norigin: name # Earth (C-137)\nlabel: Origin\n- field:\nlocations:\n1: name # Citadel of Ricks\nlabel: Location\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/customapi/#data-transformation","title":"Data Transformation","text":"
        You can manipulate data with the following tools remap, scale and suffix, for example:
         
        - field: key4\nlabel: Field 4\nformat: text\nremap:\n- value: 0\nto: None\n- value: 1\nto: Connected\n- any: true # will map all other values\nto: Unknown\n- field: key5\nlabel: Power\nformat: float\nscale: 0.001 # can be number or string e.g. 1/16\nsuffix: kW\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/customapi/#custom-headers","title":"Custom Headers","text":"
        Pass custom headers using the headers option, for example:
         
        headers:\nX-API-Token: token\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/deluge/","title":"Deluge","text":"
        Uses the same password used to login to the webui, see the deluge FAQ.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"leech\", \"download\", \"seed\", \"upload\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: deluge\nurl: http://deluge.host.or.ip\npassword: password # webui password\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/diskstation/","title":"Synology Disk Station","text":"
        Note: the widget is not compatible with 2FA.
         
        An optional 'volume' parameter can be supplied to specify which volume's free space to display when more than one volume exists. The value of the parameter must be in form of volume_N, e.g. to display free space for volume2, volume_2 should be set as 'volume' value. If omitted, first returned volume's free space will be shown (not guaranteed to be volume1).
         
        Allowed fields: [\"uptime\", \"volumeAvailable\", \"resources.cpu\", \"resources.mem\"].
         
        To access these system metrics you need to connect to the DiskStation with an account that is a member of the default Administrators group. That is because these metrics are requested from the API's SYNO.Core.System part that is only available to admin users. In order to keep the security impact as small as possible we can set the account in DSM up to limit the user's permissions inside the Synology system. In DSM 7.x, for instance, follow these steps:
         
           
        1. Create a new user, i.e. remote_stats.
          2.  
        2. Set up a strong password for the new user
          3.  
        3. Under the User Groups tab of the user config dialogue check the box for Administrators.
          4.  
        4. On the Permissions tab check the top box for No Access, effectively prohibiting the user from accessing anything in the shared folders.
          5.  
        5. Under Applications check the box next to Deny in the header to explicitly prohibit login to all applications.
          6.  
        6. Now only allow login to the Download Station application, either by
             
          • unchecking Deny in the respective row, or (if inheriting permission doesn't work because of other group settings)
            •  
          • checking Allow for this app, or
            •  
          • checking By IP for this app to limit the source of login attempts to one or more IP addresses/subnets.
            •  
           
          7.  
        7. When the Preview column shows Allow in the Download Station row, click Save.
          8.  
         
        Now configure the widget with the correct login information and test it.
         
        If you encounter issues during testing, make sure to uncheck the option for automatic blocking due to invalid logins under Control Panel > Security > Protection. If desired, this setting can be reactivated once the login is established working.
         
        widget:\ntype: diskstation\nurl: http://diskstation.host.or.ip:port\nusername: username\npassword: password\nvolume: volume_N # optional\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/downloadstation/","title":"Synology Download Station","text":"
        Note: the widget is not compatible with 2FA.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"leech\", \"download\", \"seed\", \"upload\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: downloadstation\nurl: http://downloadstation.host.or.ip:port\nusername: username\npassword: password\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/emby/","title":"Emby","text":"
        You can create an API key from inside Emby at Settings > Advanced > Api Keys.
         
        As of v0.6.11 the widget supports fields [\"movies\", \"series\", \"episodes\", \"songs\"]. These blocks are disabled by default but can be enabled with the enableBlocks option, and the \"Now Playing\" feature (enabled by default) can be disabled with the enableNowPlaying option.
         
        widget:\ntype: emby\nurl: http://emby.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\nenableBlocks: true # optional, defaults to false\nenableNowPlaying: true # optional, defaults to true\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/evcc/","title":"EVCC","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"pv_power\", \"grid_power\", \"home_power\", \"charge_power].
         
        widget:\ntype: evcc\nurl: http://evcc.host.or.ip:port\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/fileflows/","title":"Fileflows","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"queue\", \"processing\", \"processed\", \"time\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: fileflows\nurl: http://your.fileflows.host:port\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/flood/","title":"Flood","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"leech\", \"download\", \"seed\", \"upload\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: flood\nurl: http://flood.host.or.ip\nusername: username # if set\npassword: password # if set\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/freshrss/","title":"FreshRSS","text":"
        Please refer to Enable the API in FreshRSS for the \"API password\" to be entered in the password field.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"subscriptions\", \"unread\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: freshrss\nurl: http://freshrss.host.or.ip:port\nusername: username\npassword: password\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/gamedig/","title":"GameDig","text":"
        Uses the GameDig library to get game server information for any supported server type.
         
        Allowed fields (limited to a max of 4): [\"status\", \"name\", \"map\", \"currentPlayers\", \"players\", \"maxPlayers\", \"bots\", \"ping\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: gamedig\nserverType: csgo # see https://github.com/gamedig/node-gamedig#games-list\nurl: udp://server.host.or.ip:port\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/ghostfolio/","title":"Ghostfolio","text":"
        Authentication requires manually obtaining a Bearer token which can be obtained by make a POST request to the API e.g.
         
        curl -X POST http://localhost:3333/api/v1/auth/anonymous -H 'Content-Type: application/json' -d '{ \"accessToken\": \"SECURITY_TOKEN_OF_ACCOUNT\" }'\n
         
        See the official docs.
         
        Note that the Bearer token is valid for 6 months, after which a new one must be generated.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"gross_percent_today\", \"gross_percent_1y\", \"gross_percent_max\"]
         
        widget:\ntype: ghostfolio\nurl: http://ghostfoliohost:port\nkey: ghostfoliobearertoken\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/glances/","title":"Glances","text":"
        (Find the Glances information widget here)
         
        The Glances widget allows you to monitor the resources (cpu, memory, diskio, sensors & processes) of host or another machine. You can have multiple instances by adding another service block.
         
        widget:\ntype: glances\nurl: http://glances.host.or.ip:port\nusername: user # optional if auth enabled in Glances\npassword: pass # optional if auth enabled in Glances\nmetric: cpu\n
         
        Please note, this widget does not need an href, icon or description on its parent service. To achive the same effect as the examples above, see as an example:
         
        - CPU Usage:\nwidget:\ntype: glances\nurl: http://glances.host.or.ip:port\nmetric: cpu\n- Network Usage:\nwidget:\ntype: glances\nurl: http://glances.host.or.ip:port\nmetric: network:enp0s25\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/glances/#metrics","title":"Metrics","text":"
        The metric field in the configuration determines the type of system monitoring data to be displayed. Here are the supported metrics:
         
        info: System information. Shows the system's hostname, OS, kernel version, CPU type, CPU usage, RAM usage and SWAP usage.
         
        cpu: CPU usage. Shows how much of the system's computational resources are currently being used.
         
        memory: Memory usage. Shows how much of the system's RAM is currently being used.
         
        process: Top 5 processes based on CPU usage. Gives an overview of which processes are consuming the most resources.
         
        network:<interface_name>: Network data usage for the specified interface. Replace <interface_name> with the name of your network interface, e.g., network:enp0s25, as specificed in glances.
         
        sensor:<sensor_id>: Temperature of the specified sensor, typically used to monitor CPU temperature. Replace <sensor_id> with the name of your sensor, e.g., sensor:Package id 0 as specificed in glances.
         
        disk:<disk_id>: Disk I/O data for the specified disk. Replace <disk_id> with the id of your disk, e.g., disk:sdb, as specificed in glances.
         
        gpu:<gpu_id>: GPU usage for the specified GPU. Replace <gpu_id> with the id of your GPU, e.g., gpu:0, as specificed in glances.
         
        fs:<mnt_point>: Disk usage for the specified mount point. Replace <mnt_point> with the path of your disk, e.g., /mnt/storage, as specificed in glances.
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/glances/#views","title":"Views","text":"
        All widgets offer an alternative to the full or \"graph\" view, which is the compact, or \"graphless\" view.
         
         
        To switch to the alternative \"graphless\" view, simply passs chart: false as an option to the widget, like so:
         
        - Network Usage:\nwidget:\ntype: glances\nurl: http://glances.host.or.ip:port\nmetric: network:enp0s25\nchart: false\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/gluetun/","title":"Gluetun","text":"
        Requires HTTP control server options to be enabled.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"public_ip\", \"region\", \"country\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: gluetun\nurl: http://gluetun.host.or.ip\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/gotify/","title":"Gotify","text":"
        Get a Gotify client token from an existing client or create a new one on your Gotify admin page.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"apps\", \"clients\", \"messages\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: gotify\nurl: http://gotify.host.or.ip\nkey: clientoken\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/grafana/","title":"Grafana","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"dashboards\", \"datasources\", \"totalalerts\", \"alertstriggered\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: grafana\nurl: http://grafana.host.or.ip:port\nusername: username\npassword: password\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/hdhomerun/","title":"HDHomerun","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"channels\", \"hd\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: hdhomerun\nurl: http://hdhomerun.host.or.ip\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/healthchecks/","title":"Health checks","text":"
        To use the Health Checks widget, you first need to generate an API key. To do this, follow these steps:
         
           
        1. Go to Settings in your check dashboard.
          2.  
        2. Click on API key (read-only) and then click Create.
          3.  
        3. Copy the API key that is generated for you.
          4.  
         
        Allowed fields: [\"status\", \"last_ping\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: healthchecks\nurl: http://healthchecks.host.or.ip:port\nkey: <YOUR_API_KEY>\nuuid: <YOUR_CHECK_UUID>\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/homeassistant/","title":"Home Assistant","text":"
        You will need to generate a long-lived access token for an existing Home Assistant user in its profile.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"people_home\", \"lights_on\", \"switches_on\"].
         
        Up to a maximum of four custom states and/or templates can be queried via the custom property like in the example below. The custom property will have no effect as long as the fields property is defined.
         
           
        • state will query the state of the specified entity_id
             
          • state labels and values can be user defined and may reference entity attributes in curly brackets
            •  
          • if no state label is defined it will default to \"{attributes.friendly_name}\"
            •  
          • if no state value is defined it will default to \"{state} {attributes.unit_of_measurement}\"
            •  
           
          •  
        • template will query the specified template, see (Home Assistant Templating)[https://www.home-assistant.io/docs/configuration/templating]
             
          • if no template label is defined it will be empty
            •  
           
          •  
         
        widget:\ntype: homeassistant\nurl: http://homeassistant.host.or.ip:port\nkey: access_token\ncustom:\n- state: sensor.total_power\n- state: sensor.total_energy_today\nlabel: energy today\n- template: \"{{ states.switch|selectattr('state','equalto','on')|list|length }}\"\nlabel: switches on\n- state: weather.forecast_home\nlabel: wind speed\nvalue: \"{attributes.wind_speed} {attributes.wind_speed_unit}\"\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/homebridge/","title":"Homebridge","text":"
        The Homebridge API is actually provided by the Config UI X plugin that has been included with Homebridge for a while, still it is required to be installed for this widget to work.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"updates\", \"child_bridges\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: homebridge\nurl: http://homebridge.host.or.ip:port\nusername: username\npassword: password\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/immich/","title":"Immich","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"users\" ,\"photos\", \"videos\", \"storage\"].
         
        Note that API key must be from admin user.
         
        widget:\ntype: immich\nurl: http://immich.host.or.ip\nkey: adminapikeyadminapikeyadminapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/jackett/","title":"Jackett","text":"
        Jackett must not have any authentication for the widget to work.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"configured\", \"errored\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: jackett\nurl: http://jackett.host.or.ip\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/jdownloader/","title":"JDownloader","text":"
        Basic widget to show number of items in download queue, along with the queue size and current download speed.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"downloadCount\", \"downloadTotalBytes\",\"downloadBytesRemaining\", \"downloadSpeed\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: jdownloader\nusername: JDownloader Username\npassword: JDownloader Password\nclient: Name of JDownloader Instance\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/jellyfin/","title":"Jellyfin","text":"
        You can create an API key from inside Jellyfin at Settings > Advanced > Api Keys.
         
        As of v0.6.11 the widget supports fields [\"movies\", \"series\", \"episodes\", \"songs\"]. These blocks are disabled by default but can be enabled with the enableBlocks option, and the \"Now Playing\" feature (enabled by default) can be disabled with the enableNowPlaying option.
         
        widget:\ntype: jellyfin\nurl: http://jellyfin.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\nenableBlocks: true # optional, defaults to false\nenableNowPlaying: true # optional, defaults to true\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/jellyseerr/","title":"Jellyseerr","text":"
        Find your API key under Settings > General > API Key.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"pending\", \"approved\", \"available\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: jellyseerr\nurl: http://jellyseerr.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/kavita/","title":"Kavita","text":"
        Uses the same username and password used to login from the web.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"seriesCount\", \"totalFiles\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: kavita\nurl: http://kavita.host.or.ip:port\nusername: username\npassword: password\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/komga/","title":"Komga","text":"
        Uses the same username and password used to login from the web.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"libraries\", \"series\", \"books\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: komga\nurl: http://komga.host.or.ip:port\nusername: username\npassword: password\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/kopia/","title":"Kopia","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"status\", \"size\", \"lastrun\", \"nextrun\"].
         
        You may optionally pass values for snapshotHost and / or snapshotPath to select a specific backup source for the widget.
         
        widget:\ntype: kopia\nurl: http://kopia.host.or.ip:port\nusername: username\npassword: password\nsnapshotHost: hostname # optional\nsnapshotPath: path # optional\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/lidarr/","title":"Lidarr","text":"
        Find your API key under Settings > General.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"wanted\", \"queued\", \"artists\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: lidarr\nurl: http://lidarr.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/mastodon/","title":"Mastodon","text":"
        Use the base URL of the Mastodon instance you'd like to pull stats for. Does not require authentication as the stats are part of the public API endpoints.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"user_count\", \"status_count\", \"domain_count\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: mastodon\nurl: https://mastodon.host.name\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/mealie/","title":"Mealie","text":"
        Generate a user API key under Profile > Manage Your API Tokens > Generate.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"recipes\", \"users\", \"categories\", \"tags\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: mealie\nurl: http://mealie-frontend.host.or.ip\nkey: mealieapitoken\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/medusa/","title":"Medusa","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"wanted\", \"queued\", \"series\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: medusa\nurl: http://medusa.host.or.ip:port\nkey: medusaapikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/mikrotik/","title":"Mikrotik","text":"
        HTTPS may be required, per the documentation
         
        Allowed fields: [\"uptime\", \"cpuLoad\", \"memoryUsed\", \"numberOfLeases\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: mikrotik\nurl: https://mikrotik.host.or.ip\nusername: username\npassword: password\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/minecraft/","title":"Minecraft","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"players\", \"version\", \"status\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: minecraft\nurl: udp://minecraftserveripordomain:port\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/miniflux/","title":"Miniflux","text":"
        Api key is found under Settings > API keys
         
        Allowed fields: [\"unread\", \"read\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: miniflux\nurl: http://miniflux.host.or.ip:port\nkey: minifluxapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/mjpeg/","title":"MJPEG","text":"
        Pass the stream URL from a service like \u00b5Streamer or camera-streamer.
         
        widget:\ntype: mjpeg\nstream: http://mjpeg.host.or.ip/webcam/stream\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/moonraker/","title":"Moonraker (Klipper)","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"printer_state\", \"print_status\", \"print_progress\", \"layers\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: moonraker\nurl: http://moonraker.host.or.ip:port\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/mylar/","title":"Mylar3","text":"
        API must be enabled in Mylar3 settings.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"series\", \"issues\", \"wanted\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: mylar\nurl: http://mylar3.host.or.ip:port\nkey: yourmylar3apikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/navidrome/","title":"Navidrome","text":"
        For detailed information about how to generate the token see http://www.subsonic.org/pages/api.jsp.
         
        Allowed fields: no configurable fields for this widget.
         
        widget:\ntype: navidrome\nurl: http://navidrome.host.or.ip:port\nuser: username\ntoken: token #md5(password + salt)\nsalt: randomsalt\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/nextcloud/","title":"Nextcloud","text":"
        Use username & password, or the NC-Token key. Information about the token can be found under Settings > System. If both are provided, NC-Token will be used.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"cpuload\", \"memoryusage\", \"freespace\", \"activeusers\", \"numfiles\", \"numshares\"].
         
        Note \"cpuload\" and \"memoryusage\" were deprecated in v0.6.18 and a maximum of 4 fields can be displayed.
         
        widget:\ntype: nextcloud\nurl: https://nextcloud.host.or.ip:port\nkey: token\n
         
        widget:\ntype: nextcloud\nurl: https://nextcloud.host.or.ip:port\nusername: username\npassword: password\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/nextdns/","title":"NextDNS","text":"
        Api key is found under Account > API, profile ID is found under Setup > Endpoints > ID
         
        widget:\ntype: nextdns\nprofile: profileid\nkey: yourapikeyhere\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/nginx-proxy-manager/","title":"Nginx Proxy Manager","text":"
        Login with the same admin username and password used to access the web UI.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"enabled\", \"disabled\", \"total\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: npm\nurl: http://npm.host.or.ip\nusername: admin_username\npassword: admin_password\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/nzbget/","title":"NZBget","text":"
        This widget uses the same authentication method as your browser when logging in (HTTP Basic Auth), and is often referred to as the ControlUsername and ControlPassword inside of Nzbget documentation.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"rate\", \"remaining\", \"downloaded\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: nzbget\nurl: http://nzbget.host.or.ip\nusername: controlusername\npassword: controlpassword\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/octoprint/","title":"OctoPrint","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"printer_state\", \"temp_tool\", \"temp_bed\", \"job_completion\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: octoprint\nurl: http://octoprint.host.or.ip:port\nkey: youroctoprintapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/omada/","title":"Omada","text":"
        The widget supports controller versions 3, 4 and 5.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"connectedAp\", \"activeUser\", \"alerts\", \"connectedGateways\", \"connectedSwitches\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: omada\nurl: http://omada.host.or.ip:port\nusername: username\npassword: password\nsite: sitename\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/ombi/","title":"Ombi","text":"
        Find your API key under Settings > Configuration > General.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"pending\", \"approved\", \"available\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: ombi\nurl: http://ombi.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/opendtu/","title":"OpenDTU","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"yieldDay\", \"relativePower\", \"absolutePower\", \"limit\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: opendtu\nurl: http://opendtu.host.or.ip\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/openmediavault/","title":"OpenMediaVault","text":"
        Provides useful information from your OpenMediaVault
         
        widget:\ntype: openmediavault\nurl: http://omv.host.or.ip\nusername: admin\npassword: pass\nmethod: services.getStatus # required\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/openmediavault/#methods","title":"Methods","text":"
        The method field determines the type of data to be displayed and is required. Supported methods:
         
        services.getStatus: Shows status of running services. Allowed fields: [\"running\", \"stopped\", \"total\"]
         
        smart.getListBg: Shows S.M.A.R.T. status from disks. Allowed fields: [\"passed\", \"failed\"]
         
        downloader.getDownloadList: Displays the number of tasks from the Downloader plugin currently being downloaded and total. Allowed fields: [\"downloading\", \"total\"]
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/opnsense/","title":"OPNSense","text":"
        The API key & secret can be generated via the webui by creating a new user at System/Access/Users. Ensure \"Generate a scrambled password to prevent local database logins for this user\" is checked and then edit the effective privileges selecting only:
         
           
        • Diagnostics: System Activity
          •  
        • Status: Traffic Graph
          •  
         
        Finally, create a new API key which will download an apikey.txt file with your key and secret in it. Use the values as the username and password fields, respectively, in your homepage config.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"cpu\", \"memory\", \"wanUpload\", \"wanDownload\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: opnsense\nurl: http://opnsense.host.or.ip\nusername: key\npassword: secret\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/overseerr/","title":"Overseerr","text":"
        Find your API key under Settings > General.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"pending\", \"approved\", \"available\", \"processing\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: overseerr\nurl: http://overseerr.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/paperlessngx/","title":"Paperless-ngx","text":"
        Use username & password, or the token key. Information about the token can be found in the Paperless-ngx API documentation. If both are provided, the token will be used.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"total\", \"inbox\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: paperlessngx\nurl: http://paperlessngx.host.or.ip:port\nusername: username\npassword: password\n
         
        widget:\ntype: paperlessngx\nurl: http://paperlessngx.host.or.ip:port\nkey: token\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/pfsense/","title":"pfSense","text":"
        This widget requires the installation of the pfsense-api which is a 3rd party package for pfSense routers.
         
        Once pfSense API is installed, you can set the API to be read-only in System > API > Settings.
         
        Currently the only supported authentication mode is 'Local Database'.
         
        WAN interface to monitor can be defined by updating the wan param.
         
        Load is returned instead of cpu utilization. This is a limitation in the pfSense API due to the complexity of this calculation. This may become available in future versions.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"load\", \"memory\", \"temp\", \"wanStatus\", \"wanIP\", \"disk\"] (maximum of 4)
         
        widget:\ntype: pfsense\nurl: http://pfsense.host.or.ip:port\nusername: user\npassword: pass\nwan: igb0\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/photoprism/","title":"PhotoPrism","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"albums\", \"photos\", \"videos\", \"people\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: photoprism\nurl: http://photoprism.host.or.ip:port\nusername: admin\npassword: password\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/pialert/","title":"PiAlert","text":"
        Widget for PiAlert.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"total\", \"connected\", \"new_devices\", \"down_alerts\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: pialert\nurl: http://ip:port\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/pihole/","title":"PiHole","text":"
        As of v2022.12 PiHole requires the use of an API key if an admin password is set. Older versions do not require any authentication even if the admin uses a password.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"queries\", \"blocked\", \"blocked_percent\", \"gravity\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: pihole\nurl: http://pi.hole.or.ip\nkey: yourpiholeapikey # optional\n
         
        Added in v0.1.0, udpated in v0.6.18
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/plex-tautulli/","title":"Tautulli (Plex)","text":"
        Provides detailed information about currently active streams. You can find the API key from inside Tautulli at Settings > Web Interface > API.
         
        Allowed fields: no configurable fields for this widget.
         
        widget:\ntype: tautulli\nurl: http://tautulli.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/plex/","title":"Plex","text":"
        The core Plex API is somewhat limited but basic info regarding library sizes and the number of active streams is supported. For more detailed info regarding active streams see the Plex Tautulli widget.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"streams\", \"albums\", \"movies\", \"tv\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: plex\nurl: http://plex.host.or.ip:32400\nkey: mytokenhere # see https://www.plexopedia.com/plex-media-server/general/plex-token/\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/portainer/","title":"Portainer","text":"
        You'll need to make sure you have the correct environment set for the integration to work properly. From the Environments section inside of Portainer, click the one you'd like to connect to and observe the ID at the end of the URL (should be), something like #!/endpoints/1, here 1 is the value to set as the env value. In order to generate an API key, please follow the steps outlined here https://docs.portainer.io/api/access.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"running\", \"stopped\", \"total\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: portainer\nurl: https://portainer.host.or.ip:9443\nenv: 1\nkey: ptr_accesskeyaccesskeyaccesskeyaccesskey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/prometheus/","title":"Prometheus","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"targets_up\", \"targets_down\", \"targets_total\"]
         
        widget:\ntype: prometheus\nurl: http://prometheushost:port\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/prowlarr/","title":"Prowlarr","text":"
        Find your API key under Settings > General.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"numberOfGrabs\", \"numberOfQueries\", \"numberOfFailGrabs\", \"numberOfFailQueries\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: prowlarr\nurl: http://prowlarr.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/proxmox/","title":"Proxmox","text":"
        This widget shows the running and total counts of both QEMU VMs and LX Containers in the Proxmox cluster. It also shows the CPU and memory usage of the first node in the cluster.
         
        You will need to generate an API Token for new or an existing user. Here is an example of how to do this for a new user.
         
           
        1. Navigate to the Proxmox portal, click on Datacenter
          2.  
        2. Expand Permissions, click on Groups
          3.  
        3. Click the Create button
          4.  
        4. Name the group something informative, like api-ro-users
          5.  
        5. Click on the Permissions \"folder\"
          6.  
        6. Click Add -> Group Permission
             
          • Path: /
            •  
          • Group: group from bullet 4 above
            •  
          • Role: PVEAuditor
            •  
          • Propagate: Checked
            •  
           
          7.  
        7. Expand Permissions, click on Users
          8.  
        8. Click the Add button
             
          • User name: something informative like api
            •  
          • Realm: Linux PAM standard authentication
            •  
          • Group: group from bullet 4 above
            •  
           
          9.  
        9. Expand Permissions, click on API Tokens
          10.  
        10. Click the Add button
             
          • User: user from bullet 8 above
            •  
          • Token ID: something informative like the application or purpose like homepage
            •  
          • Privilege Separation: Checked
            •  
           
          11.  
        11. Go back to the \"Permissions\" menu
          12.  
        12. Click Add -> API Token Permission
             
          • Path: /
            •  
          • API Token: select the Token ID created in Step 10
            •  
          • Role: PVE Auditor
            •  
          • Propagate: Checked
            •  
           
          13.  
         
        Use username@pam!Token ID as the username (e.g api@pam!homepage) setting and Secret as the password setting.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"vms\", \"lxc\", \"resources.cpu\", \"resources.mem\"].
         
        You can set the optional node setting when you want to show metrics for a single node. By default it will show the average for the complete cluster.
         
        widget:\ntype: proxmox\nurl: https://proxmox.host.or.ip:8006\nusername: api_token_id\npassword: api_token_secret\nnode: pve-1 # optional\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/proxmoxbackupserver/","title":"Proxmox Backup Server","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"datastore_usage\", \"failed_tasks_24h\", \"cpu_usage\", \"memory_usage\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: proxmoxbackupserver\nurl: https://proxmoxbackupserver.host:port\nusername: api_token_id\npassword: api_token_secret\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/pterodactyl/","title":"Pterodactyl","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"nodes\", \"servers\"]
         
        widget:\ntype: pterodactyl\nurl: http://pterodactylhost:port\nkey: pterodactylapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/pyload/","title":"Pyload","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"speed\", \"active\", \"queue\", \"total\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: pyload\nurl: http://pyload.host.or.ip:port\nusername: username\npassword: password # only needed if set\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/qbittorrent/","title":"qBittorrent","text":"
        Uses the same username and password used to login from the web.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"leech\", \"download\", \"seed\", \"upload\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: qbittorrent\nurl: http://qbittorrent.host.or.ip\nusername: username\npassword: password\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/qnap/","title":"QNAP","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"cpuUsage\", \"memUsage\", \"systemTempC\", \"poolUsage\", \"volumeUsage\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: qnap\nurl: http://qnap.host.or.ip:port\nusername: user\npassword: pass\n
         
        If the QNAP device has multiple volumes, the poolUsage will be a sum of all volumes.
         
        If only a single volume needs to be tracked, add the following to your configuration and the Widget will track this as volumeUsage:
         
        volume: Volume Name From QNAP\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/radarr/","title":"Radarr","text":"
        Find your API key under Settings > General.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"wanted\", \"missing\", \"queued\", \"movies\"].
         
        A detailed queue listing is disabled by default, but can be enabled with the enableQueue option.
         
        widget:\ntype: radarr\nurl: http://radarr.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\nenableQueue: true # optional, defaults to false\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/readarr/","title":"Readarr","text":"
        Find your API key under Settings > General.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"wanted\", \"queued\", \"books\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: readarr\nurl: http://readarr.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/rutorrent/","title":"ruTorrent","text":"
        This requires the httprpc plugin to be installed and enabled, and is part of the default ruTorrent plugins. If you have not explicitly removed or disable this plugin, it should be available.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"active\", \"upload\", \"download\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: rutorrent\nurl: http://rutorrent.host.or.ip\nusername: username # optional, false if not used\npassword: password # optional, false if not used\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/sabnzbd/","title":"SABnzbd","text":"
        Find your API key under Config > General.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"rate\", \"queue\", \"timeleft\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: sabnzbd\nurl: http://sabnzbd.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/scrutiny/","title":"Scrutiny","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"passed\", \"failed\", \"unknown\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: scrutiny\nurl: http://scrutiny.host.or.ip\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/sonarr/","title":"Sonarr","text":"
        Find your API key under Settings > General.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"wanted\", \"queued\", \"series\"].
         
        A detailed queue listing is disabled by default, but can be enabled with the enableQueue option.
         
        widget:\ntype: sonarr\nurl: http://sonarr.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\nenableQueue: true # optional, defaults to false\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/speedtest-tracker/","title":"Speedtest Tracker","text":"
        No extra configuration is required.
         
        This widget is compatible with both alexjustesen/speedtest-tracker and henrywhitaker3/Speedtest-Tracker.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"download\", \"upload\", \"ping\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: speedtest\nurl: http://speedtest.host.or.ip\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/syncthing-relay-server/","title":"Syncthing Relay Server","text":"
        Pulls stats from the relay server. See here for more information on configuration.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"numActiveSessions\", \"numConnections\", \"bytesProxied\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: strelaysrv\nurl: http://syncthing.host.or.ip:22070\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/tailscale/","title":"Tailscale","text":"
        You will need to generate an API access token from the keys page on the Tailscale dashboard.
         
        To find your device ID, go to the machine overview page and select your machine. In the \"Machine Details\" section, copy your ID. It will end with CNTRL.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"address\", \"last_seen\", \"expires\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: tailscale\ndeviceid: deviceid\nkey: tailscalekey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/tdarr/","title":"Tdarr","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"queue\", \"processed\", \"errored\", \"saved\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: tdarr\nurl: http://tdarr.host.or.ip\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/traefik/","title":"Traefik","text":"
        No extra configuration is required. If your traefik install requires authentication, include the username and password used to login to the web interface.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"routers\", \"services\", \"middleware\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: traefik\nurl: http://traefik.host.or.ip\nusername: username # optional\npassword: password # optional\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/transmission/","title":"Transmission","text":"
        Uses the same username and password used to login from the web.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"leech\", \"download\", \"seed\", \"upload\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: transmission\nurl: http://transmission.host.or.ip\nusername: username\npassword: password\nrpcUrl: /transmission/ # Optional. Matches the value of \"rpc-url\" in your Transmission's settings.json file\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/truenas/","title":"TrueNas","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"load\", \"uptime\", \"alerts\"].
         
        To create an API Key, follow the official TrueNAS documentation.
         
        widget:\ntype: truenas\nurl: http://truenas.host.or.ip\nusername: user # not required if using api key\npassword: pass # not required if using api key\nkey: yourtruenasapikey # not required if using username / password\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/tubearchivist/","title":"Tube Archivist","text":"
        Requires API key.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"downloads\", \"videos\", \"channels\", \"playlists\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: tubearchivist\nurl: http://tubearchivist.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/unifi-controller/","title":"Unifi Controller","text":"
        (Find the Unifi Controller information widget here)
         
        You can display general connectivity status from your Unifi (Network) Controller. When authenticating you will want to use an account that has at least read privileges.
         
        An optional 'site' parameter can be supplied, if it is not the widget will use the default site for the controller.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"uptime\", \"wan\", \"lan_users\", \"wlan_users\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: unifi\nurl: https://unifi.host.or.ip:port\nusername: username\npassword: password\nsite: Site Name # optional\n
         
        Added in v0.4.18, updated in 0.6.7
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/unmanic/","title":"Unmanic","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"active_workers\", \"total_workers\", \"records_total\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: unmanic\nurl: http://unmanic.host.or.ip:port\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/uptime-kuma/","title":"Uptime Kuma","text":"
        As Uptime Kuma does not yet have a full API the widget uses data from a single \"status page\". As such you will need a status page setup with a group of monitored sites, which is where you get the slug (without the /status/ portion).
         
        Allowed fields: [\"up\", \"down\", \"uptime\", \"incident\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: uptimekuma\nurl: http://uptimekuma.host.or.ip:port\nslug: statuspageslug\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/uptimerobot/","title":"UptimeRobot","text":"
        To generate an API key, select My Settings, and either Monitor-Specific API Key or Read-Only API Key.
         
        A Monitor-Specific API Key will provide the following detailed information for the selected monitor:
         
           
        • Current status
          •  
        • Current uptime
          •  
        • Date/time of last downtime
          •  
        • Duration of last downtime
          •  
         
        Allowed fields: [\"status\", \"uptime\", \"lastDown\", \"downDuration\"].
         
        A Read-Only API Key will provide a summary of all monitors in your account:
         
           
        • Number of 'Up' monitors
          •  
        • Number of 'Down' monitors
          •  
         
        Allowed fields: [\"sitesUp\", \"sitesDown\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: uptimerobot\nurl: https://api.uptimerobot.com\nkey: uptimerobotapitoken\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/urbackup/","title":"UrBackup","text":"
        The UrBackup widget retrieves the total number of clients that currently have no errors, have errors, or haven't backed up recently. Clients are considered \"Errored\" or \"Out of Date\" if either the file or image backups for that client have errors/are out of date, unless the client does not support image backups.
         
        The default number of days that can elapse before a client is marked Out of Date is 3, but this value can be customized by setting the maxDays value in the config.
         
        Optionally, the widget can also report the total amount of disk space consumed by backups. This is disabled by default, because it requires a second API call.
         
        Note: client status is only shown for backups that the specified user has access to. Disk Usage shown is the total for all backups, regardless of permissions.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"ok\", \"errored\", \"noRecent\", \"totalUsed\"]. Note that totalUsed will not be shown unless explicitly included in fields.
         
        widget:\ntype: urbackup\nusername: urbackupUsername\npassword: urbackupPassword\nurl: http://urbackupUrl:55414\nmaxDays: 5 # optional\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/watchtower/","title":"Watchtower","text":"
        To use this widget, Watchtower needs to be configured to to enable metrics.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"containers_scanned\", \"containers_updated\", \"containers_failed\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: watchtower\nurl: http://your-ip-address:8080\nkey: demotoken\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/whatsupdocker/","title":"Whats Up Docker","text":"
        Currently requires unauthenticated whatsupdocker instance.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"monitoring\", \"updates\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: whatsupdocker\nurl: http://whatsupdocker:port\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/xteve/","title":"Xteve","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"streams_all\", \"streams_active\", \"streams_xepg\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: xteve\nurl: http://xteve.host.or.ip\nusername: username # optional\npassword: password # optional\n
        "}]}
\ No newline at end of file
+{"config":{"lang":["en"],"separator":"[\\s\\-]+","pipeline":["stemmer","stopWordFilter","trimmer"],"fields":{"title":{"boost":1000.0},"text":{"boost":1.0},"tags":{"boost":1000000.0}}},"docs":[{"location":"","title":"Home","text":"
           A modern, fully static, fast, secure fully proxied, highly customizable application dashboard with integrations for over 100 services and translations into multiple languages. Easily configured via YAML files or through docker label discovery.   
        "},{"location":"configs/","title":"Configuration","text":"
        Homepage uses YAML for configuration, YAML stands for \"YAML Ain't Markup Language.\". It's a human-readable data serialization format that's a superset of JSON. Great for config files, easy to read and write. Supports complex data types like lists and objects. Indentation matters. If you already use Docker Compose, you already use YAML.
         
        Here are some tips when writing YAML:
         
           
        1. Use Indentation Carefully: YAML relies on indentation, not brackets.
          2.  
        2. Avoid Tabs: Stick to spaces for indentation to avoid parsing errors. 2 spaces are common.
          3.  
        3. Quote Strings: Use single or double quotes for strings with special characters, this is especially important for API keys.
          4.  
        4. Key-Value Syntax: Use key: value format. Colon must be followed by a space.
          5.  
        5. Validate: Always validate your YAML with a linter before deploying.
          6.  
         
        You can find tons of online YAML validators, here's one: https://codebeautify.org/yaml-validator, heres another: https://jsonformatter.org/yaml-validator.
        "},{"location":"configs/bookmarks/","title":"Bookmarks","text":"
        Bookmarks function much the same as Services, in how groups and lists work. They're just much simpler, smaller, and contain no extra features other than being a link out.
         
        The design of homepage expects abbr to be 2 letters, but is not otherwise forced.
         
        You can also use an icon for bookmarks similar to the options for service icons. If both icon and abbreviation are supplied, the icon takes precedence.
         
        By default, the description will use the hostname of the link, but you can override it with a custom description.
         
        - Developer:\n- Github:\n- abbr: GH\nhref: https://github.com/\n- Social:\n- Reddit:\n- icon: reddit.png\nhref: https://reddit.com/\ndescription: The front page of the internet\n- Entertainment:\n- YouTube:\n- abbr: YT\nhref: https://youtube.com/\n
         
        "},{"location":"configs/custom-css-js/","title":"Custom CSS & JS","text":"
        As of version v0.6.30 homepage supports adding your own custom css & javascript. Please do so at your own risk.
         
        To add custom css simply edit the custom.css file under your config directory, similarly for javascript you would edit custom.js. You can then target elements in homepage with various classes / ids to customize things to your liking.
         
        You can also set a specific id for a service or bookmark to target with your custom css or javascript, e.g.
         
        Service:\nid: myserviceid\nicon: icon.png\n...\n
        "},{"location":"configs/docker/","title":"Docker","text":"
        Docker instances are configured inside the docker.yaml file. Both IP:PORT and Socket connections are supported.
         
        For IP:PORT, simply make sure your Docker instance has been configured to accept API traffic over the HTTP API.
         
        my-remote-docker:\nhost: 192.168.0.101\nport: 2375\n
        "},{"location":"configs/docker/#using-docker-tls","title":"Using Docker TLS","text":"
        Since Docker supports connecting with TLS and client certificate authentication, you can include TLS details when connecting to the HTTP API. Further details of setting up Docker to accept TLS connections, and generation of the keys and certs can be found in the Docker documentation. The file entries are relative to the config directory (location of docker.yaml file).
         
        my-remote-docker:\nhost: 192.168.0.101\nport: 275\ntls:\nkeyFile: tls/key.pem\ncaFile: tls/ca.pem\ncertFile: tls/cert.pem\n
        "},{"location":"configs/docker/#using-docker-socket-proxy","title":"Using Docker Socket Proxy","text":"
        Due to security concerns with exposing the docker socket directly, you can use a docker-socket-proxy container to expose the docker socket on a more restricted and secure API.
         
        Here is an example docker-compose file that will expose the docker socket, and then connect to it from the homepage container:
         
        dockerproxy:\nimage: ghcr.io/tecnativa/docker-socket-proxy:latest\ncontainer_name: dockerproxy\nenvironment:\n- CONTAINERS=1 # Allow access to viewing containers\n- SERVICES=1 # Allow access to viewing services (necessary when using Docker Swarm)\n- TASKS=1 # Allow access to viewing tasks (necessary when using Docker Swarm)\n- POST=0 # Disallow any POST operations (effectively read-only)\nports:\n- 127.0.0.1:2375:2375\nvolumes:\n- /var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock:ro # Mounted as read-only\nrestart: unless-stopped\nhomepage:\nimage: ghcr.io/gethomepage/homepage:latest\ncontainer_name: homepage\nvolumes:\n- /path/to/config:/app/config\nports:\n- 3000:3000\nrestart: unless-stopped\n
         
        Then, inside of your docker.yaml settings file, you'd configure the docker instance like so:
         
        my-docker:\nhost: dockerproxy\nport: 2375\n
        "},{"location":"configs/docker/#using-socket-directly","title":"Using Socket Directly","text":"
        If you'd rather use the socket directly, first make sure that you're passing the local socket into the Docker container.
         
        Note
         
        In order to use the socket directly homepage must be running as root
         
        homepage:\nimage: ghcr.io/gethomepage/homepage:latest\ncontainer_name: homepage\nvolumes:\n- /path/to/config:/app/config\n- /var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock # pass local proxy\nports:\n- 3000:3000\nrestart: unless-stopped\n
         
        If you're using docker run, this would be -v /var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock.
         
        Then, inside of your docker.yaml settings file, you'd configure the docker instance like so:
         
        my-docker:\nsocket: /var/run/docker.sock\n
        "},{"location":"configs/docker/#services","title":"Services","text":"
        Once you've configured your docker instances, you can then apply them to your services, to get stats and status reporting shown.
         
        Inside of the service you'd like to connect to docker:
         
        - Emby:\nicon: emby.png\nhref: \"http://emby.home/\"\ndescription: Media server\nserver: my-docker # The docker server that was configured\ncontainer: emby # The name of the container you'd like to connect\n
        "},{"location":"configs/docker/#automatic-service-discovery","title":"Automatic Service Discovery","text":"
        Homepage features automatic service discovery for containers with the proper labels attached, all configuration options can be applied using dot notation, beginning with homepage.
         
        Below is an example of the same service entry shown above, as docker labels.
         
        services:\nemby:\nimage: lscr.io/linuxserver/emby:latest\ncontainer_name: emby\nports:\n- 8096:8096\nrestart: unless-stopped\nlabels:\n- homepage.group=Media\n- homepage.name=Emby\n- homepage.icon=emby.png\n- homepage.href=http://emby.home/\n- homepage.description=Media server\n
         
        When your Docker instance has been properly configured, this service will be automatically discovered and added to your Homepage. You do not need to specify the server or container values, as they will be automatically inferred.
         
        When using docker swarm use deploy/labels
        "},{"location":"configs/docker/#widgets","title":"Widgets","text":"
        You may also configure widgets, along with the standard service entry, again, using dot notation.
         
        labels:\n- homepage.group=Media\n- homepage.name=Emby\n- homepage.icon=emby.png\n- homepage.href=http://emby.home/\n- homepage.description=Media server\n- homepage.widget.type=emby\n- homepage.widget.url=http://emby.home\n- homepage.widget.key=yourembyapikeyhere\n- homepage.widget.fields=[\"field1\",\"field2\"] # optional\n
         
        You can add specify fields for e.g. the CustomAPI widget by using array-style dot notation:
         
        labels:\n- homepage.group=Media\n- homepage.name=Emby\n- homepage.icon=emby.png\n- homepage.href=http://emby.home/\n- homepage.description=Media server\n- homepage.widget.type=customapi\n- homepage.widget.url=http://argus.service/api/v1/service/summary/emby\n- homepage.widget.field[0].label=Deployed Version\n- homepage.widget.field[0].field.status=deployed_version\n- homepage.widget.field[1].label=Latest Version\n- homepage.widget.field[1].field.status=latest_version\n
        "},{"location":"configs/docker/#docker-swarm","title":"Docker Swarm","text":"
        Docker swarm is supported and Docker services are specified with the same server and container notation. To enable swarm support you will need to include a swarm setting in your docker.yaml, e.g.
         
        my-docker:\nsocket: /var/run/docker.sock\nswarm: true\n
         
        For the automatic service discovery to discover all services it is important that homepage should be deployed on a manager node. Set deploy requirements to the master node in your stack yaml config, e.g.
         
        ....\ndeploy:\nplacement:\nconstraints:\n- node.role == manager\n...\n
         
        In order to detect every service within the Docker swarm it is necessary that service labels should be used and not container labels. Specify the homepage labels as:
         
        ....\ndeploy:\nlabels:\n- homepage.icon=foobar\n...\n
        "},{"location":"configs/docker/#ordering","title":"Ordering","text":"
        As of v0.6.4 discovered services can include an optional weight field to determine sorting such that:
         
           
        • Default weight for discovered services is 0
          •  
        • Default weight for configured services is their index within their group scaled by 100, i.e. (index + 1) * 100
          •  
        • If two items have the same weight value, then they will be sorted by name
          •  
        "},{"location":"configs/docker/#show-stats","title":"Show stats","text":"
        You can show the docker stats by clicking the status indicator but this can also be controlled per-service with:
         
        - Example Service:\n...\nshowStats: true\n
         
        Also see the settings for show docker stats.
        "},{"location":"configs/kubernetes/","title":"Kubernetes","text":"
        The Kubernetes connectivity has the following requirements:
         
           
        • Kubernetes 1.19+
          •  
        • Metrics Service
          •  
        • An Ingress controller
          •  
         
        The Kubernetes connection is configured in the kubernetes.yaml file. There are 3 modes to choose from:
         
           
        • disabled - disables kubernetes connectivity
          •  
        • default - uses the default kubeconfig resolution
          •  
        • cluster - uses a service account inside the cluster
          •  
         
        mode: default\n
        "},{"location":"configs/kubernetes/#services","title":"Services","text":"
        Once the Kubernetes connection is configured, individual services can be configured to pull statistics. Only CPU and Memory are currently supported.
         
        Inside of the service you'd like to connect to a pod:
         
        - Emby:\nicon: emby.png\nhref: \"http://emby.home/\"\ndescription: Media server\nnamespace: media # The kubernetes namespace the app resides in\napp: emby # The name of the deployed app\n
         
        The app field is used to create a label selector, in this example case it would match pods with the label: app.kubernetes.io/name=emby.
         
        Sometimes this is insufficient for complex or atypical application deployments. In these cases, the pod-selector field can be used. Any field selector can be used with it, so it allows for some very powerful selection capabilities.
         
        For instance, it can be utilized to roll multiple underlying deployments under one application to see a high-level aggregate:
         
        - Element Chat:\nicon: matrix-light.png\nhref: https://chat.example.com\ndescription: Matrix Synapse Powered Chat\napp: matrix-element\nnamespace: comms\npod-selector: >-\napp.kubernetes.io/instance in (\nmatrix-element,\nmatrix-media-repo,\nmatrix-media-repo-postgresql,\nmatrix-synapse\n)\n
         
        Note
         
        A blank string as a pod-selector does not deactivate it, but will actually select all pods in the namespace. This is a useful way to capture the resource usage of a complex application siloed to a single namespace, like Longhorn.
        "},{"location":"configs/kubernetes/#automatic-service-discovery","title":"Automatic Service Discovery","text":"
        Homepage features automatic service discovery by Ingress annotations. All configuration options can be applied using typical annotation syntax, beginning with gethomepage.dev/.
         
        apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1\nkind: Ingress\nmetadata:\nname: emby\nannotations:\ngethomepage.dev/enabled: \"true\"\ngethomepage.dev/description: Media Server\ngethomepage.dev/group: Media\ngethomepage.dev/icon: emby.png\ngethomepage.dev/name: Emby\ngethomepage.dev/widget.type: \"emby\"\ngethomepage.dev/widget.url: \"https://emby.example.com\"\ngethomepage.dev/pod-selector: \"\"\ngethomepage.dev/weight: 10 # optional\nspec:\nrules:\n- host: emby.example.com\nhttp:\npaths:\n- backend:\nservice:\nname: emby\nport:\nnumber: 8080\npath: /\npathType: Prefix\n
         
        When the Kubernetes cluster connection has been properly configured, this service will be automatically discovered and added to your Homepage. You do not need to specify the namespace or app values, as they will be automatically inferred.
        "},{"location":"configs/kubernetes/#traefik-ingressroute-support","title":"Traefik IngressRoute support","text":"
        Homepage can also read ingresses defined using the Traefik IngressRoute custom resource definition. Due to the complex nature of Traefik routing rules, it is required for the gethomepage.dev/href annotation to be set:
         
        apiVersion: traefik.io/v1alpha1\nkind: IngressRoute\nmetadata:\nname: emby\nannotations:\ngethomepage.dev/href: \"https://emby.example.com\"\ngethomepage.dev/enabled: \"true\"\ngethomepage.dev/description: Media Server\ngethomepage.dev/group: Media\ngethomepage.dev/icon: emby.png\ngethomepage.dev/app: emby-app # optional, may be needed if app.kubernetes.io/name != ingress metadata.name\ngethomepage.dev/name: Emby\ngethomepage.dev/widget.type: \"emby\"\ngethomepage.dev/widget.url: \"https://emby.example.com\"\ngethomepage.dev/pod-selector: \"\"\ngethomepage.dev/weight: 10 # optional\nspec:\nentryPoints:\n- websecure\nroutes:\n- kind: Rule\nmatch: Host(`emby.example.com`)\nservices:\n- kind: Service\nname: emby\nnamespace: emby\nport: 8080\nscheme: http\nstrategy: RoundRobin\nweight: 10\n
         
        If the href attribute is not present, Homepage will ignore the specific IngressRoute.
        "},{"location":"configs/kubernetes/#caveats","title":"Caveats","text":"
        Similarly to Docker service discovery, there currently is no rigid ordering to discovered services and discovered services will be displayed above those specified in the services.yaml.
        "},{"location":"configs/service-widgets/","title":"Service Widgets","text":"
        Unless otherwise noted, URLs should not end with a / or other API path. Each widget will handle the path on its own.
         
        Each service can have one widget attached to it (often matching the service type, but thats not forced).
         
        In addition to the href of the service, you can also specify the target location in which to open that link. See Link Target for more details.
         
        Using Emby as an example, this is how you would attach the Emby service widget.
         
        - Emby:\nicon: emby.png\nhref: http://emby.host.or.ip/\ndescription: Movies & TV Shows\nwidget:\ntype: emby\nurl: http://emby.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
        "},{"location":"configs/service-widgets/#field-visibility","title":"Field Visibility","text":"
        Each widget can optionally provide a list of which fields should be visible via the fields widget property. If no fields are specified, then all fields will be displayed. The fields property must be a valid YAML array of strings. As an example, here is the entry for Sonarr showing only a couple of fields.
         
        In all cases a widget will work and display all fields without specifying the fields property.
         
        - Sonarr:\nicon: sonarr.png\nhref: http://sonarr.host.or.ip\nwidget:\ntype: sonarr\nfields: [\"wanted\", \"queued\"]\nurl: http://sonarr.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
        "},{"location":"configs/services/","title":"Services","text":"
        Services are configured inside the services.yaml file. You can have any number of groups, and any number of services per group.
        "},{"location":"configs/services/#groups","title":"Groups","text":"
        Groups are defined as top-level array entries.
         
        - Group A:\n- Service A:\nhref: http://localhost/\n- Group B:\n- Service B:\nhref: http://localhost/\n
         
        "},{"location":"configs/services/#services","title":"Services","text":"
        Services are defined as array entries on groups,
         
        - Group A:\n- Service A:\nhref: http://localhost/\n- Service B:\nhref: http://localhost/\n- Service C:\nhref: http://localhost/\n- Group B:\n- Service D:\nhref: http://localhost/\n
         
        "},{"location":"configs/services/#descriptions","title":"Descriptions","text":"
        Services may have descriptions,
         
        - Group A:\n- Service A:\nhref: http://localhost/\ndescription: This is my service\n- Group B:\n- Service B:\nhref: http://localhost/\ndescription: This is another service\n
         
        "},{"location":"configs/services/#icons","title":"Icons","text":"
        Services may have an icon attached to them, you can use icons from Dashboard Icons automatically, by passing the name of the icon, with, or without .png or with .svg to use the svg version.
         
        You can also specify prefixed icons from Material Design Icons with mdi-XX or Simple Icons with si-XX.
         
        You can specify a custom color by adding a hex color code as suffix e.g. mdi-XX-#f0d453 or si-XX-#a712a2.
         
        To use a remote icon, use the absolute URL (e.g. https://...).
         
        To use a local icon, first create a Docker mount to /app/public/icons and then reference your icon as /icons/myicon.png. You will need to restart the container when adding new icons.
         
        Warning
         
        Material Design Icons for brands were deprecated and may be removed in the future. Using Simple Icons for brand icons will prevent any issues if / when the Material Design Icons are removed.
         
        - Group A:\n- Sonarr:\nicon: sonarr.png\nhref: http://sonarr.host/\ndescription: Series management\n- Group B:\n- Radarr:\nicon: radarr.png\nhref: http://radarr.host/\ndescription: Movie management\n- Group C:\n- Service:\nicon: mdi-flask-outline\nhref: http://service.host/\ndescription: My cool service\n
         
        "},{"location":"configs/services/#ping","title":"Ping","text":"
        Services may have an optional ping property that allows you to monitor the availability of an endpoint you chose and have the response time displayed. You do not need to set your ping URL equal to your href URL.
         
        Note
         
        The ping feature works by making an http HEAD request to the URL, and falls back to GET in case that fails. It will not, for example, login if the URL requires auth or is behind e.g. Authelia. In the case of a reverse proxy and/or auth this usually requires the use of an 'internal' URL to make the ping feature correctly display status.
         
        - Group A:\n- Sonarr:\nicon: sonarr.png\nhref: http://sonarr.host/\nping: http://sonarr.host/\n- Group B:\n- Radarr:\nicon: radarr.png\nhref: http://radarr.host/\nping: http://some.other.host/\n
         
         
        You can also apply different styles to the ping indicator by using the statusStyle property, see settings.
        "},{"location":"configs/services/#docker-integration","title":"Docker Integration","text":"
        Services may be connected to a Docker container, either running on the local machine, or a remote machine.
         
        - Group A:\n- Service A:\nhref: http://localhost/\ndescription: This is my service\nserver: my-server\ncontainer: my-container\n- Group B:\n- Service B:\nhref: http://localhost/\ndescription: This is another service\nserver: other-server\ncontainer: other-container\n
         
         
        Clicking on the status label of a service with Docker integration enabled will expand the container stats, where you can see CPU, Memory, and Network activity.
         
        Note
         
        This can also be controlled with showStats. See show docker stats for more information
         
        "},{"location":"configs/services/#service-integrations","title":"Service Integrations","text":"
        Services may also have a service widget (or integration) attached to them, this works independently of the Docker integration.
         
        You can find information and configuration for each of the supported integrations on the Service Widgets page.
         
        Here is an example of a Radarr & Sonarr service, with their respective integrations.
         
        - Group A:\n- Sonarr:\nicon: sonarr.png\nhref: http://sonarr.host/\ndescription: Series management\nwidget:\ntype: sonarr\nurl: http://sonarr.host\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n- Group B:\n- Radarr:\nicon: radarr.png\nhref: http://radarr.host/\ndescription: Movie management\nwidget:\ntype: radarr\nurl: http://radarr.host\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
         
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/","title":"Settings","text":"
        The settings.yaml file allows you to define application level options. For changes made to this file to take effect, you will need to regenerate the static HTML, this can be done by clicking the refresh icon in the bottom right of the page.
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#title","title":"Title","text":"
        You can customize the title of the page if you'd like.
         
        title: My Awesome Homepage\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#start-url","title":"Start URL","text":"
        You can customize the start_url as required for installable apps. The default is \"/\".
         
        startUrl: https://custom.url\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#background-image","title":"Background Image","text":"
        Heads Up!
         
        You will need to restart the container any time you add new images, this is a limitation of the Next.js static site server.
         
        Heads Up!
         
        Do not create a bind mount to the entire /app/public/ directory.
         
        If you'd like to use a background image instead of the solid theme color, you may provide a full URL to an image of your choice.
         
        background: https://images.unsplash.com/photo-1502790671504-542ad42d5189?auto=format&fit=crop&w=2560&q=80\n
         
        Or you may pass the path to a local image relative to e.g. /app/public/images directory.
         
        For example, inside of your Docker Compose file, mount a path to where your images are kept:
         
        volumes:\n- /my/homepage/images:/app/public/images\n
         
        and then reference that image:
         
        background: /images/background.png\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#background-opacity-filters","title":"Background Opacity & Filters","text":"
        You can specify filters to apply over your background image for blur, saturation and brightness as well as opacity to blend with the background color. The first three filter settings use tailwind CSS classes, see notes below regarding the options for each. You do not need to specify all options.
         
        background:\nimage: /images/background.png\nblur: sm # sm, \"\", md, xl... see https://tailwindcss.com/docs/backdrop-blur\nsaturate: 50 # 0, 50, 100... see https://tailwindcss.com/docs/backdrop-saturate\nbrightness: 50 # 0, 50, 75... see https://tailwindcss.com/docs/backdrop-brightness\nopacity: 50 # 0-100\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#card-background-blur","title":"Card Background Blur","text":"
        You can apply a blur filter to the service & bookmark cards. Note this option is incompatible with the backround blur, saturate and brightness filters.
         
        cardBlur: sm # sm, \"\", md, etc... see https://tailwindcss.com/docs/backdrop-blur\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#favicon","title":"Favicon","text":"
        If you'd like to use a custom favicon instead of the included one, you may provide a full URL to an image of your choice.
         
        favicon: https://www.google.com/favicon.ico\n
         
        Or you may pass the path to a local image relative to the /app/public directory. See Background Image for more detailed information on how to provide your own files.
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#theme","title":"Theme","text":"
        You can configure a fixed them (and disable the theme switcher) by passing the theme option, like so:
         
        theme: dark # or light\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#color-palette","title":"Color Palette","text":"
        You can configured a fixed color palette (and disable the palette switcher) by passing the color option, like so:
         
        color: slate\n
         
        Supported colors are: slate, gray, zinc, neutral, stone, amber, yellow, lime, green, emerald, teal, cyan, sky, blue, indigo, violet, purple, fuchsia, pink, rose, red, white
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#layout","title":"Layout","text":"
        You can configure service and bookmarks sections to be either \"column\" or \"row\" based layouts, like so:
         
        Assuming you have a group named Media in your services.yaml or bookmarks.yaml file,
         
        layout:\nMedia:\nstyle: row\ncolumns: 4\n
         
        As an example, this would produce the following layout:
         
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#sorting","title":"Sorting","text":"
        Service groups and bookmark groups can be mixed in order, but should use different group names. If you do not specify any bookmark groups they will all show at the bottom of the page.
         
        Using the same name for a service and bookmark group can cause unexpected behavior like a bookmark group being hidden
         
        Groups will sort based on the order in the layout block. You can also mix in groups defined by docker labels, e.g.
         
        layout:\n- Auto-Discovered1:\n- Configured1:\n- Configured2:\n- Auto-Discovered2:\n- Configured3:\nstyle: row\ncolumns: 3\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#headers","title":"Headers","text":"
        You can hide headers for each section in the layout as well by passing header as false, like so:
         
        layout:\nSection A:\nheader: false\nSection B:\nstyle: row\ncolumns: 3\nheader: false\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#category-icons","title":"Category Icons","text":"
        You can also add an icon to a category under the layout setting similar to the options for service icons, e.g.
         
          Home Management & Info:\nicon: home-assistant.png\nServer Tools:\nicon: https://cdn-icons-png.flaticon.com/512/252/252035.png\n...\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#icon-style","title":"Icon Style","text":"
        The default style for icons (e.g. icon: mdi-XXXX) is a gradient, or you can specify that prefixed icons match your theme with a 'flat' style using the setting below. More information about prefixed icons can be found in options for service icons.
         
        iconStyle: theme # optional, defaults to gradient\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#tabs","title":"Tabs","text":"
        Version 0.6.30 introduced a tabbed view to layouts which can be optionally specified in the layout. Tabs is only active if you set the tab field on at least one layout group.
         
        Tabs are sorted based on the order in the layout block. If a group has no tab specified (and tabs are set on other groups), services and bookmarks will be shown on all tabs.
         
        Every tab can be accessed directly by visiting Homepage URL with #Group (name lowercase and URI-encoded) at the end of the URL.
         
        For example, the following would create four tabs:
         
        layout:\n...\nBookmark Group on First Tab:\ntab: First\nFirst Service Group:\ntab: First\nstyle: row\ncolumns: 4\nSecond Service Group:\ntab: Second\ncolumns: 4\nThird Service Group:\ntab: Third\nstyle: row\nBookmark Group on Fourth Tab:\ntab: Fourth\nService Group on every Tab:\nstyle: row\ncolumns: 4\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#five-columns","title":"Five Columns","text":"
        You can add a fifth column (when style: columns which is default) by adding:
         
        fiveColumns: true\n
         
        By default homepage will max out at 4 columns for column style
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#collapsible-sections","title":"Collapsible sections","text":"
        You can disable the collapsible feature of services & bookmarks by adding:
         
        disableCollapse: true\n
         
        By default the feature is enabled.
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#header-style","title":"Header Style","text":"
        There are currently 4 options for header styles, you can see each one below.
         
         
        headerStyle: underlined # default style\n
         
         
        headerStyle: boxed\n
         
         
        headerStyle: clean\n
         
         
        headerStyle: boxedWidgets\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#base-url","title":"Base URL","text":"
        In some proxy configurations, it may be necessary to set the documents base URL. You can do this by providing a base value, like so:
         
        base: http://host.local/homepage\n
         
        The URL must be a full, absolute URL, or it will be ignored by the browser.
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#language","title":"Language","text":"
        Set your desired language using:
         
        language: fr\n
         
        Currently supported languages: ca, de, en, es, fr, he, hr, hu, it, nb-NO, nl, pt, ru, sv, vi, zh-CN, zh-Hant
         
        You can also specify locales e.g. for the DateTime widget, e.g. en-AU, en-GB, etc.
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#link-target","title":"Link Target","text":"
        Changes the behaviour of links on the homepage,
         
        target: _blank # Possible options include _blank, _self, and _top\n
         
        Use _blank to open links in a new tab, _self to open links in the same tab, and _top to open links in a new window.
         
        This can also be set for individual services. Note setting this at the service level overrides any setting in settings.json, e.g.:
         
        - Example Service:\nhref: https://example.com/\n...\ntarget: _self\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#providers","title":"Providers","text":"
        The providers section allows you to define shared API provider options and secrets. Currently this allows you to define your weather API keys in secret and is also the location of the Longhorn URL and credentials.
         
        providers:\nopenweathermap: openweathermapapikey\nweatherapi: weatherapiapikey\nlonghorn:\nurl: https://longhorn.example.com\nusername: admin\npassword: LonghornPassword\n
         
        You can then pass provider instead of apiKey in your widget configuration.
         
        - weather:\nlatitude: 50.449684\nlongitude: 30.525026\nprovider: weatherapi\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#quick-launch","title":"Quick Launch","text":"
        You can use the 'Quick Launch' feature to search services, perform a web search or open a URL. To use Quick Launch, just start typing while on your homepage (as long as the search widget doesnt have focus).
         
         
        There are a few optional settings for the Quick Launch feature:
         
           
        • searchDescriptions: which lets you control whether item descriptions are included in searches. This is off by default. When enabled, results that match the item name will be placed above those that only match the description.
          •  
        • hideInternetSearch: disable automatically including the currently-selected web search (e.g. from the widget) as a Quick Launch option. This is false by default, enabling the feature.
          •  
        • hideVisitURL: disable detecting and offering an option to open URLs. This is false by default, enabling the feature.
          •  
         
        quicklaunch:\nsearchDescriptions: true\nhideInternetSearch: true\nhideVisitURL: true\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#homepage-version","title":"Homepage Version","text":"
        By default the release version is displayed at the bottom of the page. To hide this, use the hideVersion setting, like so:
         
        hideVersion: true\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#log-path","title":"Log Path","text":"
        By default the homepage logfile is written to the a logs subdirectory of the config folder. In order to customize this path, you can set the logpath setting. A logs folder will be created in that location where the logfile will be written.
         
        logpath: /logfile/path\n
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#show-docker-stats","title":"Show Docker Stats","text":"
        You can show all docker stats expanded in settings.yaml:
         
        showStats: true\n
         
        or per-service (services.yaml) with:
         
        - Example Service:\n...\nshowStats: true\n
         
        If you have both set the per-service settings take precedence.
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#status-style","title":"Status Style","text":"
        You can choose from the following styles for docker or k8s status and ping: dot or basic
         
           
        • The default is no value, and displays the ping response time in ms and the docker / k8s container status
          •  
        • dot shows a green dot for a successful ping or healthy status.
          •  
        • basic shows either UP or DOWN for ping
          •  
         
        For example:
         
        statusStyle: \"dot\"\n
         
        or per-service (services.yaml) with:
         
        - Example Service:\n...\nstatusStyle: 'dot'\n
         
        If you have both set, the per-service settings take precedence.
        "},{"location":"configs/settings/#hide-widget-error-messages","title":"Hide Widget Error Messages","text":"
        Hide the visible API error messages either globally in settings.yaml:
         
        hideErrors: true\n
         
        or per service widget (services.yaml) with:
         
        - Example Service:\n...\nwidget:\n...\nhideErrors: true\n
         
        If either value is set to true, the errror message will be hidden.
        "},{"location":"installation/","title":"Installation","text":"
         You have a few options for deploying homepage, depending on your needs. We offer docker images for a majority of platforms. You can also install and run homepage from source if Docker is not your thing. It can even be installed on Kubernetes with Helm. 
         
         
         \u00a0 Install on Docker 
         
         \u00a0 Install on Kubernetes 
         
         \u00a0 Install on UNRAID 
         
         \u00a0 Building from source 
        "},{"location":"installation/docker/","title":"Docker Installation","text":"
        Using docker compose:
         
        version: \"3.3\"\nservices:\nhomepage:\nimage: ghcr.io/gethomepage/homepage:latest\ncontainer_name: homepage\nports:\n- 3000:3000\nvolumes:\n- /path/to/config:/app/config # Make sure your local config directory exists\n- /var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock # (optional) For docker integrations\n
        "},{"location":"installation/docker/#running-as-non-root","title":"Running as non-root","text":"
        By default, the Homepage container runs as root. Homepage also supports running your container as non-root via the standard PUID and PGID environment variables. When using these variables, make sure that any volumes mounted in to the container have the correct ownership and permissions set.
         
        Using the docker socket directly is not the recommended method of integration and requires either running homepage as root or that the user be part of the docker group
         
        In the docker compose example below, the environment variables $PUID and $PGID are set in a .env file.
         
        version: \"3.3\"\nservices:\nhomepage:\nimage: ghcr.io/gethomepage/homepage:latest\ncontainer_name: homepage\nports:\n- 3000:3000\nvolumes:\n- /path/to/config:/app/config # Make sure your local config directory exists\n- /var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock # (optional) For docker integrations, see alternative methods\nenvironment:\nPUID: $PUID\nPGID: $PGID\n
        "},{"location":"installation/docker/#with-docker-run","title":"With Docker Run","text":"
        docker run -p 3000:3000 -v /path/to/config:/app/config -v /var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock ghcr.io/gethomepage/homepage:latest\n
        "},{"location":"installation/docker/#using-environment-secrets","title":"Using Environment Secrets","text":"
        You can also include environment variables in your config files to protect sensitive information. Note:
         
           
        • Environment variables must start with HOMEPAGE_VAR_ or HOMEPAGE_FILE_
          •  
        • The value of env var HOMEPAGE_VAR_XXX will replace {{HOMEPAGE_VAR_XXX}} in any config
          •  
        • The value of env var HOMEPAGE_FILE_XXX must be a file path, the contents of which will be used to replace {{HOMEPAGE_FILE_XXX}} in any config
          •  
        "},{"location":"installation/k8s/","title":"Kubernetes Installation","text":""},{"location":"installation/k8s/#install-with-helm","title":"Install with Helm","text":"
        There is an unofficial helm chart that creates all the necessary manifests, including the service account and RBAC entities necessary for service discovery.
         
        helm repo add jameswynn https://jameswynn.github.io/helm-charts\nhelm install homepage jameswynn/homepage -f values.yaml\n
         
        The helm chart allows for all the configurations to be inlined directly in your values.yaml:
         
        config:\nbookmarks:\n- Developer:\n- Github:\n- abbr: GH\nhref: https://github.com/\nservices:\n- My First Group:\n- My First Service:\nhref: http://localhost/\ndescription: Homepage is awesome\n- My Second Group:\n- My Second Service:\nhref: http://localhost/\ndescription: Homepage is the best\n- My Third Group:\n- My Third Service:\nhref: http://localhost/\ndescription: Homepage is \ud83d\ude0e\nwidgets:\n# show the kubernetes widget, with the cluster summary and individual nodes\n- kubernetes:\ncluster:\nshow: true\ncpu: true\nmemory: true\nshowLabel: true\nlabel: \"cluster\"\nnodes:\nshow: true\ncpu: true\nmemory: true\nshowLabel: true\n- search:\nprovider: duckduckgo\ntarget: _blank\nkubernetes:\nmode: cluster\nsettings:\n# The service account is necessary to allow discovery of other services\nserviceAccount:\ncreate: true\nname: homepage\n# This enables the service account to access the necessary resources\nenableRbac: true\ningress:\nmain:\nenabled: true\nannotations:\n# Example annotations to add Homepage to your Homepage!\ngethomepage.dev/enabled: \"true\"\ngethomepage.dev/name: \"Homepage\"\ngethomepage.dev/description: \"Dynamically Detected Homepage\"\ngethomepage.dev/group: \"Dynamic\"\ngethomepage.dev/icon: \"homepage.png\"\nhosts:\n- host: homepage.example.com\npaths:\n- path: /\npathType: Prefix\n
        "},{"location":"installation/k8s/#install-with-kubernetes-manifests","title":"Install with Kubernetes Manifests","text":"
        If you don't want to use the unofficial Helm chart, you can also create your own Kubernetes manifest(s) and apply them with kubectl apply -f filename.yaml.
         
        Here's a working example of the resources you need:
        "},{"location":"installation/k8s/#serviceaccount","title":"ServiceAccount","text":"
        apiVersion: v1\nkind: ServiceAccount\nmetadata:\nname: homepage\nnamespace: default\nlabels:\napp.kubernetes.io/name: homepage\nsecrets:\n- name: homepage\n
        "},{"location":"installation/k8s/#secret","title":"Secret","text":"
        apiVersion: v1\nkind: Secret\ntype: kubernetes.io/service-account-token\nmetadata:\nname: homepage\nnamespace: default\nlabels:\napp.kubernetes.io/name: homepage\nannotations:\nkubernetes.io/service-account.name: homepage\n
        "},{"location":"installation/k8s/#configmap","title":"ConfigMap","text":"
        apiVersion: v1\nkind: ConfigMap\nmetadata:\nname: homepage\nnamespace: default\nlabels:\napp.kubernetes.io/name: homepage\ndata:\nkubernetes.yaml: |\nmode: cluster\nsettings.yaml: \"\"\n#settings.yaml: |\n#  providers:\n#    longhorn:\n#      url: https://longhorn.my.network\ncustom.css: \"\"\ncustom.js: \"\"\nbookmarks.yaml: |\n- Developer:\n- Github:\n- abbr: GH\nhref: https://github.com/\nservices.yaml: |\n- My First Group:\n- My First Service:\nhref: http://localhost/\ndescription: Homepage is awesome\n- My Second Group:\n- My Second Service:\nhref: http://localhost/\ndescription: Homepage is the best\n- My Third Group:\n- My Third Service:\nhref: http://localhost/\ndescription: Homepage is \ud83d\ude0e\nwidgets.yaml: |\n- kubernetes:\ncluster:\nshow: true\ncpu: true\nmemory: true\nshowLabel: true\nlabel: \"cluster\"\nnodes:\nshow: true\ncpu: true\nmemory: true\nshowLabel: true\n- resources:\nbackend: resources\nexpanded: true\ncpu: true\nmemory: true\n- search:\nprovider: duckduckgo\ntarget: _blank\ndocker.yaml: \"\"\n
        "},{"location":"installation/k8s/#clusterrole-and-clusterrolebinding","title":"ClusterRole and ClusterRoleBinding","text":"
        apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1\nkind: ClusterRole\nmetadata:\nname: homepage\nlabels:\napp.kubernetes.io/name: homepage\nrules:\n- apiGroups:\n- \"\"\nresources:\n- namespaces\n- pods\n- nodes\nverbs:\n- get\n- list\n- apiGroups:\n- extensions\n- networking.k8s.io\nresources:\n- ingresses\nverbs:\n- get\n- list\n- apiGroups:\n- traefik.containo.us\nresources:\n- ingressroutes\nverbs:\n- get\n- list\n- apiGroups:\n- metrics.k8s.io\nresources:\n- nodes\n- pods\nverbs:\n- get\n- list\n---\napiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1\nkind: ClusterRoleBinding\nmetadata:\nname: homepage\nlabels:\napp.kubernetes.io/name: homepage\nroleRef:\napiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io\nkind: ClusterRole\nname: homepage\nsubjects:\n- kind: ServiceAccount\nname: homepage\nnamespace: default\n
        "},{"location":"installation/k8s/#service","title":"Service","text":"
        apiVersion: v1\nkind: Service\nmetadata:\nname: homepage\nnamespace: default\nlabels:\napp.kubernetes.io/name: homepage\nannotations:\nspec:\ntype: ClusterIP\nports:\n- port: 3000\ntargetPort: http\nprotocol: TCP\nname: http\nselector:\napp.kubernetes.io/name: homepage\n
        "},{"location":"installation/k8s/#deployment","title":"Deployment","text":"
        apiVersion: apps/v1\nkind: Deployment\nmetadata:\nname: homepage\nnamespace: default\nlabels:\napp.kubernetes.io/name: homepage\nspec:\nrevisionHistoryLimit: 3\nreplicas: 1\nstrategy:\ntype: RollingUpdate\nselector:\nmatchLabels:\napp.kubernetes.io/name: homepage\ntemplate:\nmetadata:\nlabels:\napp.kubernetes.io/name: homepage\nspec:\nserviceAccountName: homepage\nautomountServiceAccountToken: true\ndnsPolicy: ClusterFirst\nenableServiceLinks: true\ncontainers:\n- name: homepage\nimage: \"ghcr.io/gethomepage/homepage:latest\"\nimagePullPolicy: Always\nports:\n- name: http\ncontainerPort: 3000\nprotocol: TCP\nvolumeMounts:\n- mountPath: /app/config/custom.js\nname: homepage-config\nsubPath: custom.js\n- mountPath: /app/config/custom.css\nname: homepage-config\nsubPath: custom.css\n- mountPath: /app/config/bookmarks.yaml\nname: homepage-config\nsubPath: bookmarks.yaml\n- mountPath: /app/config/docker.yaml\nname: homepage-config\nsubPath: docker.yaml\n- mountPath: /app/config/kubernetes.yaml\nname: homepage-config\nsubPath: kubernetes.yaml\n- mountPath: /app/config/services.yaml\nname: homepage-config\nsubPath: services.yaml\n- mountPath: /app/config/settings.yaml\nname: homepage-config\nsubPath: settings.yaml\n- mountPath: /app/config/widgets.yaml\nname: homepage-config\nsubPath: widgets.yaml\n- mountPath: /app/config/logs\nname: logs\nvolumes:\n- name: homepage-config\nconfigMap:\nname: homepage\n- name: logs\nemptyDir: {}\n
        "},{"location":"installation/k8s/#ingress","title":"Ingress","text":"
        apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1\nkind: Ingress\nmetadata:\nname: homepage\nnamespace: default\nlabels:\napp.kubernetes.io/name: homepage\nannotations:\ngethomepage.dev/description: Dynamically Detected Homepage\ngethomepage.dev/enabled: \"true\"\ngethomepage.dev/group: Cluster Management\ngethomepage.dev/icon: homepage.png\ngethomepage.dev/name: Homepage\nspec:\nrules:\n- host: \"homepage.my.network\"\nhttp:\npaths:\n- path: \"/\"\npathType: Prefix\nbackend:\nservice:\nname: homepage\nport:\nnumber: 3000\n
        "},{"location":"installation/source/","title":"Source Installation","text":"
        First, clone the repository:
         
        git clone https://github.com/gethomepage/homepage.git\n
         
        Then install dependencies and build the production bundle (I'm using pnpm here, you can use npm or yarn if you like):
         
        pnpm install\npnpm build\n
         
        If this is your first time starting, copy the src/skeleton directory to config/ to populate initial example config files.
         
        Finally, run the server:
         
        pnpm start\n
        "},{"location":"installation/unraid/","title":"UNRAID Installation","text":"
        Homepage has an UNRAID community package that you may use to install homepage. This is the easiest way to get started with homepage on UNRAID.
        "},{"location":"installation/unraid/#install-the-plugin","title":"Install the Plugin","text":"
           
        • In the UNRAID webGUI, go to the Apps tab.
          •  
        • In the search bar, search for homepage.
          •  
        • Click on Install.
          •  
        • Change the parameters to your liking.
          •  
        • Click on APPLY.
          •  
        "},{"location":"installation/unraid/#run-the-container","title":"Run the Container","text":"
           
        • While the container is running, open the WebUI.
          •  
        • Opening the page will generate the configuration files.
          •  
         
        You may need to set the permissions of the folders to be able to edit the files.
         
           
        • Click on the Homepage icon.
          •  
        • Click on Console.
          •  
        • Enter chmod -R u-x,go-rwx,go+u,ugo+X /app/config and press Enter.
          •  
        • Enter chmod -R u-x,go-rwx,go+u,ugo+X /app/public/icons and press Enter.
          •  
        • Enter chown -R nobody:users /app/config and press Enter.
          •  
        • Enter chown -R nobody:users /app/public/icons and press Enter.
          •  
        "},{"location":"installation/unraid/#some-other-notes","title":"Some Other Notes","text":"
           
        • To use the Docker integration, you only need to use the container: parameter. There is no need to set the server.
          •  
         
        !!! note
         
            To view detailed container statistics (CPU, RAM, etc.), or if you use a remote docker socket, `container:` will still need to be set. For example:\n
         
            - Plex:\n        icon: /icons/plex.png\n        href: https://app.plex.com\n        container: plex\n
         
           
        • When you upload a new image into the /images folder, you will need to restart the container for it to show up in the WebUI. Please see the service icons for more information.
          •  
        "},{"location":"more/","title":"More","text":"
        Here you'll find resources and guides for Homepage, troubleshooting tips, and more.
        "},{"location":"more/development/","title":"Development","text":""},{"location":"more/development/#development-overview","title":"Development Overview","text":"
        First, clone the homepage repository.
         
        For installing NPM packages, this project uses pnpm (and so should you!):
         
        pnpm install\n
         
        Start the development server:
         
        pnpm dev\n
         
        Open http://localhost:3000 to start.
         
        This is a Next.js application, see their documentation for more information.
        "},{"location":"more/development/#code-linting","title":"Code Linting","text":"
        Once dependencies have been installed you can lint your code with
         
        pnpm lint\n
        "},{"location":"more/development/#code-formatting-with-pre-commit-hooks","title":"Code formatting with pre-commit hooks","text":"
        To ensure a consistent style and formatting across the project source, the project utilizes Git pre-commit hooks to perform some formatting and linting before a commit is allowed. That way, everyone uses the same style and some common issues can be caught early on.
         
        Once installed, hooks will run when you commit. If the formatting isn't quite right or a linter catches something, the commit will be rejected. You'll need to look at the output and fix the issue. Some hooks will format failing files, so all you need to do is git add those files again and retry your commit.
        "},{"location":"more/development/#service-widget-guidelines","title":"Service Widget Guidelines","text":"
        To ensure cohesiveness of various widgets, the following should be used as a guide for developing new widgets:
         
           
        • Please only submit widgets that have been requested and have at least 5 'up-votes'
          •  
        • Widgets should be only one row of blocks
          •  
        • Widgets should be no more than 4 blocks wide
          •  
        • Minimize the number of API calls
          •  
        • Avoid the use of custom proxy unless absolutely necessary
          •  
        "},{"location":"more/homepage-move/","title":"Homepage Move","text":"
        As of v0.7.2 homepage migrated from benphelps/homepage to an \"organization\" repository located at gethomepage/homepage. The reason for this was to setup the project for longevity and allow for community maintenance.
         
        Migrating your installation should be as simple as changing image: ghcr.io/benphelps/homepage:latest to image: ghcr.io/gethomepage/homepage:latest.
        "},{"location":"more/translations/","title":"Translations","text":"
        Homepage is developed in English, component contributions must be in English. All translations are community provided, so a huge thanks go out to all those who have helped out so far!
        "},{"location":"more/translations/#support-translations","title":"Support Translations","text":"
        If you'd like to lend a hand in translating Homepage into more languages, or to improve existing translations, the process is very simple:
         
           
        1. Create a free account at Crowdin
          2.  
        2. Visit the Homepage project
          3.  
        3. Select the language you'd like to translate
          4.  
        4. Start translating!
          5.  
        "},{"location":"more/translations/#adding-a-new-language","title":"Adding a new language","text":"
        If you'd like to add a new language, please create a new Discussion on Crowdin, and we'll add it to the project.
        "},{"location":"more/troubleshooting/","title":"Troubleshooting","text":""},{"location":"more/troubleshooting/#general-troubleshooting-tips","title":"General Troubleshooting Tips","text":"
           
        • For API errors, clicking the \"API Error Information\" button in the widget will usually show some helpful information as to whether the issue is reaching the service host, an authentication issue, etc.
          •  
        • Check config/logs/homepage.log, on docker simply e.g. docker logs homepage. This may provide some insight into the reason for an error.
          •  
        • Check the browser error console, this can also sometimes provide useful information.
          •  
        • Consider setting the ENV variable LOG_LEVEL to debug.
          •  
        "},{"location":"more/troubleshooting/#service-widget-errors","title":"Service Widget Errors","text":"
        All service widgets work essentially the same, that is, homepage makes a proxied call to an API made available by that service. The majority of the time widgets don't work it is a configuration issue. Of course, sometimes things do break. Some basic steps to try:
         
           
        1.  
          Ensure that you follow the rule mentioned on https://gethomepage.dev/latest/configs/service-widgets/. Unless otherwise noted, URLs should not end with a / or other API path. Each widget will handle the path on its own.. This is very important as including a trailing slash can result in an error.
           
          2.  
        2.  
          Verify the homepage installation can connect to the IP address or host you are using for the widget url. This is most simply achieved by pinging the server from the homepage machine, in Docker this means from inside the container itself, e.g.:
           
          docker exec homepage ping SERVICEIPORDOMAIN\n
           
          If your homepage install (container) cannot reach the service then you need to figure out why, for example in Docker this can mean putting the two containers on the same network, checking firewall issues, etc.
           
          3.  
        3.  
          If you have verified that homepage can in fact reach the service then you can also check the API output using e.g. curl, which is often helpful if you do need to file a bug report. Again, depending on your networking setup this may need to be run from inside the container as IP / hostname resolution can differ inside vs outside.
           
          Note
           
          curl is not installed in the base image by default but can be added inside the container with apk add curl.
           
          The exact API endpoints and authentication vary of course, but in many cases instructions can be found by searching the web or if you feel comfortable looking at the homepage source code (e.g. src/widgets/{widget}/widget.js).
           
          It is out of the scope of this to go into full detail about how to , but an example for PiHole would be:
           
          curl -L -k http://PIHOLEIPORHOST/admin/api.php\n
           
          Or for AdGuard:
           
          curl -L -k -u 'username:password' http://ADGUARDIPORHOST/control/stats\n
           
          Or for Portainer:
           
          curl -L -k -H 'X-Api-Key:YOURKEY' 'https://PORTAINERIPORHOST:PORT/api/endpoints/2/docker/containers/json'\n
           
          Sonarr:
           
          curl -L -k 'http://SONARRIPORHOST:PORT/api/v3/queue?apikey=YOURAPIKEY'\n
           
          This will return some data which may reveal an issue causing a true bug in the service widget.
           
          4.  
        "},{"location":"more/troubleshooting/#missing-custom-icons","title":"Missing custom icons","text":"
        If, after correctly adding and mapping your custom icons via the Icons instructions, you are still unable to see your icons please try recreating your container.
        "},{"location":"widgets/","title":"Widgets","text":"
        Homepage has two types of widgets: info and service. Below we'll cover each type and how to configure them.
        "},{"location":"widgets/#service-widgets","title":"Service Widgets","text":"
        Service widgets are used to display the status of a service, often a web service or API. Services (and their widgets) are defined in your services.yml file. Here's an example:
         
        - Plex:\nicon: plex.png\nhref: https://plex.my.host\ndescription: Watch movies and TV shows.\nserver: localhost\ncontainer: plex\nwidget:\ntype: tautulli\nurl: http://172.16.1.1:8181\nkey: aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnoo\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/#info-widgets","title":"Info Widgets","text":"
        Info widgets are used to display information in the header, often about your system or environment. Info widgets are defined your widgets.yml file. Here's an example:
         
        - openmeteo:\nlabel: Current\nlatitude: 36.66\nlongitude: -117.51\ncache: 5\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/info/datetime/","title":"Date & Time","text":"
        This allows you to display the date and/or time, can be heavily configured using Intl.DateTimeFormat.
         
        Formatting is locale aware and will present your date in the regional format you expect, for example, 9/16/22, 3:03 PM for locale en and 16.09.22, 15:03 for de. You can also specify a locale just for the datetime widget with the locale option (see below).
         
        - datetime:\ntext_size: xl\nformat:\ntimeStyle: short\n
         
        Any options passed to format are passed directly to Intl.DateTimeFormat, please reference the MDN documentation for all available options.
         
        Valid text sizes are 4xl, 3xl, 2xl, xl, md, sm, xs.
         
        A few examples,
         
        # 13:37\nformat:\ntimeStyle: short\nhourCycle: h23\n
         
        # 1:37 PM\nformat:\ntimeStyle: short\nhour12: true\n
         
        # 1/23/22, 1:37 PM\nformat:\ndateStyle: short\ntimeStyle: short\nhour12: true\n
         
        # 4 januari 2023 om 13:51:25 PST\nlocale: nl\nformat:\ndateStyle: long\ntimeStyle: long\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/info/glances/","title":"Glances","text":"
        (Find the Glances service widget here)
         
        The Glances widget allows you to monitor the resources (CPU, memory, storage, temp & uptime) of host or another machine, and is designed to match the resources info widget. You can have multiple instances by adding another configuration block. The cputemp, uptime & disk states require separate API calls and thus are not enabled by default. Glances needs to be running in \"web server\" mode to enable the API, see the glances docs.
         
        - glances:\nurl: http://host.or.ip:port\nusername: user # optional if auth enabled in Glances\npassword: pass # optional if auth enabled in Glances\ncpu: true # optional, enabled by default, disable by setting to false\nmem: true # optional, enabled by default, disable by setting to false\ncputemp: true # disabled by default\nuptime: true # disabled by default\ndisk: / # disabled by default, use mount point of disk(s) in glances. Can also be a list (see below)\nexpanded: true # show the expanded view\nlabel: MyMachine # optional\n
         
        Multiple disks can be specified as:
         
        disk:\n- /\n- /boot\n...\n
         
        Added in v0.4.18, updated in v0.6.11, v0.6.21
        "},{"location":"widgets/info/greeting/","title":"Greeting","text":"
        This allows you to display simple text, can be configured like so:
         
        - greeting:\ntext_size: xl\ntext: Greeting Text\n
         
        Valid text sizes are 4xl, 3xl, 2xl, xl, md, sm, xs.
        "},{"location":"widgets/info/kubernetes/","title":"Kubernetes","text":"
        This is very similar to the Resources widget, but provides resource information about a Kubernetes cluster.
         
        It provides CPU and Memory usage, by node and/or at the cluster level.
         
        - kubernetes:\ncluster:\n# Shows cluster-wide statistics\nshow: true\n# Shows the aggregate CPU stats\ncpu: true\n# Shows the aggregate memory stats\nmemory: true\n# Shows a custom label\nshowLabel: true\nlabel: \"cluster\"\nnodes:\n# Shows node-specific statistics\nshow: true\n# Shows the CPU for each node\ncpu: true\n# Shows the memory for each node\nmemory: true\n# Shows the label, which is always the node name\nshowLabel: true\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/info/logo/","title":"Logo","text":"
        This allows you to display the homepage logo, you can optionally specify your own icon using similar options as other icons, see service icons.
         
        - logo:\nicon: https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/d/d5/I_Love_New_York.svg/1101px-I_Love_New_York.svg.png # optional\n
         
        Added in v0.4.18, updated in 0.X.X
        "},{"location":"widgets/info/longhorn/","title":"Longhorn","text":"
        The Longhorn widget pulls storage utilization metrics from the Longhorn storage driver on Kubernetes. It is designed to appear similar to the Resource widget's disk representation.
         
        The exact metrics should be very similar to what is seen on the Longhorn dashboard itself.
         
        It can show the aggregate metrics and/or the individual node metrics.
         
        - longhorn:\n# Show the expanded view\nexpanded: true\n# Shows a node representing the aggregate values\ntotal: true\n# Shows the node names as labels\nlabels: true\n# Show the nodes\nnodes: true\n# An explicit list of nodes to show. All are shown by default if \"nodes\" is true\ninclude:\n- node1\n- node2\n
         
        The Longhorn URL and credentials are stored in the providers section of the settings.yaml.
        "},{"location":"widgets/info/openmeteo/","title":"Open-Meteo","text":"
        No registration is required at all! See https://open-meteo.com/en/docs
         
        - openmeteo:\nlabel: Kyiv # optional\nlatitude: 50.449684\nlongitude: 30.525026\ntimezone: Europe/Kiev # optional\nunits: metric # or imperial\ncache: 5 # Time in minutes to cache API responses, to stay within limits\n
         
        You can optionally not pass a latitude and longitude and the widget will use your current location (requires a secure context, eg. HTTPS).
        "},{"location":"widgets/info/openweathermap/","title":"OpenWeatherMap","text":"
        The free tier \"One Call API\" is all thats required, you will need to subscribe and grab your API key.
         
        - openweathermap:\nlabel: Kyiv #optional\nlatitude: 50.449684\nlongitude: 30.525026\nunits: metric # or imperial\nprovider: openweathermap\napiKey: youropenweathermapkey # required only if not using provider, this reveals api key in requests\ncache: 5 # Time in minutes to cache API responses, to stay within limits\n
         
        You can optionally not pass a latitude and longitude and the widget will use your current location (requires a secure context, eg. HTTPS).
        "},{"location":"widgets/info/resources/","title":"Resources","text":"
        You can include all or some of the available resources. If you do not want to see that resource, simply pass false.
         
        The disk path is the path reported by df (Mounted On), or the mount point of the disk.
         
        The cpu and memory resource information are the container's usage while glances displays statistics for the host machine on which it is installed.
         
        Note: unfortunately, the package used for getting CPU temp (systeminformation) is not compatibile with some setups and will not report any value(s) for CPU temp.
         
        Any disk you wish to access must be mounted to your container as a volume.
         
        - resources:\ncpu: true\nmemory: true\ndisk: /disk/mount/path\ncputemp: true\nuptime: true\nunits: imperial # only used by cpu temp\nrefresh: 3000 # optional, in ms\n
         
        You can also pass a label option, which allows you to group resources under named sections,
         
        - resources:\nlabel: System\ncpu: true\nmemory: true\n- resources:\nlabel: Storage\ndisk: /mnt/storage\n
         
        Which produces something like this,
         
         
        If you have more than a single disk and would like to group them together under the same label, you can pass an array of paths instead,
         
        - resources:\nlabel: Storage\ndisk:\n- /mnt/storage\n- /mnt/backup\n- /mnt/media\n
         
        To produce something like this,
         
         
        You can additionally supply an optional expanded property set to true in order to show additional details about the resources. By default the expanded property is set to false when not supplied.
         
        - resources:\nlabel: Array Disks\nexpanded: true\ndisk:\n- /disk1\n- /disk2\n- /disk3\n
         
        "},{"location":"widgets/info/search/","title":"Search","text":"
        You can add a search bar to your top widget area that can search using Google, Duckduckgo, Bing, Baidu, Brave or any other custom provider that supports the basic ?q= search query param.
         
        - search:\nprovider: google # google, duckduckgo, bing, baidu, brave or custom\nfocus: true # Optional, will set focus to the search bar on page load\ntarget: _blank # One of _self, _blank, _parent or _top\n
         
        or for a custom search:
         
        - search:\nprovider: custom\nurl: https://lougle.com/?q=\ntarget: _blank\n
         
        multiple providers is also supported via a dropdown (excluding custom):
         
        - search:\nprovider: [brave, google, duckduckgo]\n
         
        Added in v0.1.6, updated in 0.6.0
        "},{"location":"widgets/info/unifi_controller/","title":"Unifi Controller","text":"
        (Find the Unifi Controller service widget here)
         
        You can display general connectivity status from your Unifi (Network) Controller. When authenticating you will want to use a local account that has at least read privileges.
         
        An optional 'site' parameter can be supplied, if it is not the widget will use the default site for the controller.
         
        Note: If you enter e.g. incorrect credentials and receive an \"API Error\", you may need to recreate the container to clear the cache.
         
         
        - unifi_console:\nurl: https://unifi.host.or.ip:port\nusername: user\npassword: pass\nsite: Site Name # optional\n
         
        Added in v0.4.18, updated in 0.6.7
        "},{"location":"widgets/info/weather/","title":"Weather API","text":"
        Note: this widget is considered 'deprecated' since there is no longer a free Weather API tier for new members. See the openmeteo or openweathermap widgets for alternatives.
         
        The free tier is all thats required, you will need to register and grab your API key.
         
        - weatherapi:\nlabel: Kyiv # optional\nlatitude: 50.449684\nlongitude: 30.525026\nunits: metric # or imperial\napiKey: yourweatherapikey\ncache: 5 # Time in minutes to cache API responses, to stay within limits\n
         
        You can optionally not pass a latitude and longitude and the widget will use your current location (requires a secure context, eg. HTTPS).
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/adguard-home/","title":"Adguard Home","text":"
        The username and password are the same as used to login to the web interface.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"queries\", \"blocked\", \"filtered\", \"latency\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: adguard\nurl: http://adguard.host.or.ip\nusername: admin\npassword: password\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/atsumeru/","title":"Atsumeru","text":"
        Define same username and password that is used for login from web or supported apps
         
        Allowed fields: [\"series\", \"archives\", \"chapters\", \"categories\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: atsumeru\nurl: http://atsumeru.host.or.ip:port\nusername: username\npassword: password\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/audiobookshelf/","title":"Audiobookshelf","text":"
        You can find your API token by logging into the Audiobookshelf web app as an admin, go to the config \u2192 users page, and click on your account.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"podcasts\", \"podcastsDuration\", \"books\", \"booksDuration\"]
         
        widget:\ntype: audiobookshelf\nurl: http://audiobookshelf.host.or.ip:port\nkey: audiobookshelflapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/authentik/","title":"Authentik","text":"
        This widget reads the number of active users in the system, as well as logins for the last 24 hours.
         
        You will need to generate an API token for an existing user. To do so follow these steps:
         
           
        1. Navigate to the Authentik Admin Portal
          2.  
        2. Expand Directory, the click Tokens & App passwords
          3.  
        3. Click the Create button
          4.  
        4. Fill out the dialog making sure to set Intent to API Token
          5.  
        5. Click the Create button on the dialog
          6.  
        6. Click the copy button on the far right of the newly created API Token
          7.  
         
        Allowed fields: [\"users\", \"loginsLast24H\", \"failedLoginsLast24H\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: authentik\nurl: http://authentik.host.or.ip:22070\nkey: api_token\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/autobrr/","title":"Autobrr","text":"
        Find your API key under Settings > API Keys.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"approvedPushes\", \"rejectedPushes\", \"filters\", \"indexers\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: autobrr\nurl: http://autobrr.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/azuredevops/","title":"Azure DevOps","text":"
        This widget has 2 functions:
         
           
        1.  
          Pipelines: checks if the relevant pipeline is running or not, and if not, reports the last status.\\    Allowed fields: [\"result\", \"status\"].
           
          2.  
        2.  
          Pull Requests: returns the amount of open PRs, the amount of the PRs you have open, and how many PRs that you open are marked as 'Approved' by atleast 1 person and not yet completed.\\    Allowed fields: [\"totalPrs\", \"myPrs\", \"approved\"].
           
          3.  
         
        You will need to generate a personal access token for an existing user, see the azure documentation
         
        widget:\ntype: azuredevops\norganization: myOrganization\nproject: myProject\ndefinitionId: pipelineDefinitionId # required for pipelines\nbranchName: branchName # optional for pipelines, leave empty for all\nuserEmail: email # required for pull requests\nrepositoryId: prRepositoryId # required for pull requests\nkey: personalaccesstoken\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/bazarr/","title":"Bazarr","text":"
        Find your API key under Settings > General.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"missingEpisodes\", \"missingMovies\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: bazarr\nurl: http://bazarr.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/caddy/","title":"Caddy","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"upstreams\", \"requests\", \"requests_failed\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: caddy\nurl: http://caddy.host.or.ip:adminport # default admin port is 2019\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/calendar/","title":"Calendar","text":"
        This widget shows monthly calendar, with optional integrations to show events from supported widgets.
         
        widget:\ntype: calendar\nfirstDayInWeek: sunday # optional - defaults to monday\nintegrations: # optional\n- type: sonarr # active widget type that is currently enabled on homepage - possible values: radarr, sonarr, lidarr, readarr\nservice_group: Media # group name where widget exists\nservice_name: Sonarr # service name for that widget\ncolor: teal # optional - defaults to pre-defined color for the service (teal for sonarr)\nparams: # optional - additional params for the service\nunmonitored: true # optional - defaults to false, used with *arr stack\n
         
        Currently integrated widgets are sonarr, radarr, lidarr and readarr.
         
        Supported colors can be found on color palette.
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/calibre-web/","title":"Calibre-web","text":"
        Note: this widget requires a feature of calibre-web that has not yet been distributed in versioned release. The code is contained in \"nightly\" lsio builds after 25/8/23 or running the calibre-web source code including commit 0499e57.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"books\", \"authors\", \"categories\", \"series\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: calibreweb\nurl: http://your.calibreweb.host:port\nusername: username\npassword: password\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/changedetectionio/","title":"Changedetection.io","text":"
        Find your API key under Settings > API.
         
        widget:\ntype: changedetectionio\nurl: http://changedetection.host.or.ip:port\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/channelsdvrserver/","title":"Channels DVR Server","text":"
        widget:\ntype: channelsdvrserver\nurl: http://192.168.1.55:8089\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/cloudflared/","title":"Cloudflare Tunnels","text":"
        As of v0.6.10 this widget no longer accepts a Cloudflare global API key (or account email) due to security concerns. Instead, you should setup an API token which only requires the permissions Account.Cloudflare Tunnel:Read.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"status\", \"origin_ip\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: cloudflared\naccountid: accountid # from zero trust dashboard url e.g. https://one.dash.cloudflare.com/<accountid>/home/quick-start\ntunnelid: tunnelid # found in tunnels dashboard under the tunnel name\nkey: cloudflareapitoken # api token with `Account.Cloudflare Tunnel:Read` https://dash.cloudflare.com/profile/api-tokens\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/coin-market-cap/","title":"Coin Market Cap","text":"
        Get your API key from your CoinMarketCap Pro Dashboard.
         
        Allowed fields: no configurable fields for this widget.
         
        widget:\ntype: coinmarketcap\ncurrency: GBP # Optional\nsymbols: [BTC, LTC, ETH]\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\ndefaultinterval: 7d # Optional\n
         
        You can also specify slugs instead of symbols (since symbols aren't garaunteed to be unique). If you supply both, slugs will be used. For example:
         
        widget:\ntype: coinmarketcap\nslugs: [chia-network, uniswap]\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/customapi/","title":"Custom API","text":"
        This widget can show information from custom self-hosted or third party API.
         
        Fields need to be defined in the mappings section YAML object to correlate with the value in the APIs JSON object. Final field definition needs to be the key with the desired value information.
         
        widget:\ntype: customapi\nurl: http://custom.api.host.or.ip:port/path/to/exact/api/endpoint\nrefreshInterval: 10000 # optional - in milliseconds, defaults to 10s\nusername: username # auth - optional\npassword: password # auth - optional\nmethod: GET # optional, e.g. POST\nheaders: # optional, must be object, see below\nmappings:\n- field: key # needs to be YAML string or object\nlabel: Field 1\nformat: text # optional - defaults to text\n- field: # needs to be YAML string or object\npath:\nto: key2\nformat: number # optional - defaults to text\nlabel: Field 2\n- field: # needs to be YAML string or object\npath:\nto:\nanother: key3\nlabel: Field 3\nformat: percent # optional - defaults to text\n
         
        Supported formats for the values are text, number, float, percent, bytes and bitrate.
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/customapi/#example","title":"Example","text":"
        For the following JSON object from the API:
         
        {\n\"id\": 1,\n\"name\": \"Rick Sanchez\",\n\"status\": \"Alive\",\n\"species\": \"Human\",\n\"gender\": \"Male\",\n\"origin\": {\n\"name\": \"Earth (C-137)\"\n},\n\"locations\": [\n{\n\"name\": \"Earth (C-137)\"\n},\n{\n\"name\": \"Citadel of Ricks\"\n}\n]\n}\n
         
        Define the mappings section as an aray, for example:
         
        mappings:\n- field: name # Rick Sanchez\nlabel: Name\n- field: status # Alive\nlabel: Status\n- field:\norigin: name # Earth (C-137)\nlabel: Origin\n- field:\nlocations:\n1: name # Citadel of Ricks\nlabel: Location\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/customapi/#data-transformation","title":"Data Transformation","text":"
        You can manipulate data with the following tools remap, scale and suffix, for example:
         
        - field: key4\nlabel: Field 4\nformat: text\nremap:\n- value: 0\nto: None\n- value: 1\nto: Connected\n- any: true # will map all other values\nto: Unknown\n- field: key5\nlabel: Power\nformat: float\nscale: 0.001 # can be number or string e.g. 1/16\nsuffix: kW\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/customapi/#custom-headers","title":"Custom Headers","text":"
        Pass custom headers using the headers option, for example:
         
        headers:\nX-API-Token: token\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/deluge/","title":"Deluge","text":"
        Uses the same password used to login to the webui, see the deluge FAQ.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"leech\", \"download\", \"seed\", \"upload\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: deluge\nurl: http://deluge.host.or.ip\npassword: password # webui password\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/diskstation/","title":"Synology Disk Station","text":"
        Note: the widget is not compatible with 2FA.
         
        An optional 'volume' parameter can be supplied to specify which volume's free space to display when more than one volume exists. The value of the parameter must be in form of volume_N, e.g. to display free space for volume2, volume_2 should be set as 'volume' value. If omitted, first returned volume's free space will be shown (not guaranteed to be volume1).
         
        Allowed fields: [\"uptime\", \"volumeAvailable\", \"resources.cpu\", \"resources.mem\"].
         
        To access these system metrics you need to connect to the DiskStation with an account that is a member of the default Administrators group. That is because these metrics are requested from the API's SYNO.Core.System part that is only available to admin users. In order to keep the security impact as small as possible we can set the account in DSM up to limit the user's permissions inside the Synology system. In DSM 7.x, for instance, follow these steps:
         
           
        1. Create a new user, i.e. remote_stats.
          2.  
        2. Set up a strong password for the new user
          3.  
        3. Under the User Groups tab of the user config dialogue check the box for Administrators.
          4.  
        4. On the Permissions tab check the top box for No Access, effectively prohibiting the user from accessing anything in the shared folders.
          5.  
        5. Under Applications check the box next to Deny in the header to explicitly prohibit login to all applications.
          6.  
        6. Now only allow login to the Download Station application, either by
          7.  
        7. unchecking Deny in the respective row, or (if inheriting permission doesn't work because of other group settings)
          8.  
        8. checking Allow for this app, or
          9.  
        9. checking By IP for this app to limit the source of login attempts to one or more IP addresses/subnets.
          10.  
        10. When the Preview column shows Allow in the Download Station row, click Save.
          11.  
         
        Now configure the widget with the correct login information and test it.
         
        If you encounter issues during testing, make sure to uncheck the option for automatic blocking due to invalid logins under Control Panel > Security > Protection. If desired, this setting can be reactivated once the login is established working.
         
        widget:\ntype: diskstation\nurl: http://diskstation.host.or.ip:port\nusername: username\npassword: password\nvolume: volume_N # optional\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/downloadstation/","title":"Synology Download Station","text":"
        Note: the widget is not compatible with 2FA.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"leech\", \"download\", \"seed\", \"upload\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: downloadstation\nurl: http://downloadstation.host.or.ip:port\nusername: username\npassword: password\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/emby/","title":"Emby","text":"
        You can create an API key from inside Emby at Settings > Advanced > Api Keys.
         
        As of v0.6.11 the widget supports fields [\"movies\", \"series\", \"episodes\", \"songs\"]. These blocks are disabled by default but can be enabled with the enableBlocks option, and the \"Now Playing\" feature (enabled by default) can be disabled with the enableNowPlaying option.
         
        widget:\ntype: emby\nurl: http://emby.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\nenableBlocks: true # optional, defaults to false\nenableNowPlaying: true # optional, defaults to true\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/evcc/","title":"EVCC","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"pv_power\", \"grid_power\", \"home_power\", \"charge_power].
         
        widget:\ntype: evcc\nurl: http://evcc.host.or.ip:port\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/fileflows/","title":"Fileflows","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"queue\", \"processing\", \"processed\", \"time\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: fileflows\nurl: http://your.fileflows.host:port\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/flood/","title":"Flood","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"leech\", \"download\", \"seed\", \"upload\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: flood\nurl: http://flood.host.or.ip\nusername: username # if set\npassword: password # if set\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/freshrss/","title":"FreshRSS","text":"
        Please refer to Enable the API in FreshRSS for the \"API password\" to be entered in the password field.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"subscriptions\", \"unread\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: freshrss\nurl: http://freshrss.host.or.ip:port\nusername: username\npassword: password\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/gamedig/","title":"GameDig","text":"
        Uses the GameDig library to get game server information for any supported server type.
         
        Allowed fields (limited to a max of 4): [\"status\", \"name\", \"map\", \"currentPlayers\", \"players\", \"maxPlayers\", \"bots\", \"ping\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: gamedig\nserverType: csgo # see https://github.com/gamedig/node-gamedig#games-list\nurl: udp://server.host.or.ip:port\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/ghostfolio/","title":"Ghostfolio","text":"
        Authentication requires manually obtaining a Bearer token which can be obtained by make a POST request to the API e.g.
         
        curl -X POST http://localhost:3333/api/v1/auth/anonymous -H 'Content-Type: application/json' -d '{ \"accessToken\": \"SECURITY_TOKEN_OF_ACCOUNT\" }'\n
         
        See the official docs.
         
        Note that the Bearer token is valid for 6 months, after which a new one must be generated.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"gross_percent_today\", \"gross_percent_1y\", \"gross_percent_max\"]
         
        widget:\ntype: ghostfolio\nurl: http://ghostfoliohost:port\nkey: ghostfoliobearertoken\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/glances/","title":"Glances","text":"
        (Find the Glances information widget here)
         
        The Glances widget allows you to monitor the resources (cpu, memory, diskio, sensors & processes) of host or another machine. You can have multiple instances by adding another service block.
         
        widget:\ntype: glances\nurl: http://glances.host.or.ip:port\nusername: user # optional if auth enabled in Glances\npassword: pass # optional if auth enabled in Glances\nmetric: cpu\n
         
        Please note, this widget does not need an href, icon or description on its parent service. To achive the same effect as the examples above, see as an example:
         
        - CPU Usage:\nwidget:\ntype: glances\nurl: http://glances.host.or.ip:port\nmetric: cpu\n- Network Usage:\nwidget:\ntype: glances\nurl: http://glances.host.or.ip:port\nmetric: network:enp0s25\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/glances/#metrics","title":"Metrics","text":"
        The metric field in the configuration determines the type of system monitoring data to be displayed. Here are the supported metrics:
         
        info: System information. Shows the system's hostname, OS, kernel version, CPU type, CPU usage, RAM usage and SWAP usage.
         
        cpu: CPU usage. Shows how much of the system's computational resources are currently being used.
         
        memory: Memory usage. Shows how much of the system's RAM is currently being used.
         
        process: Top 5 processes based on CPU usage. Gives an overview of which processes are consuming the most resources.
         
        network:<interface_name>: Network data usage for the specified interface. Replace <interface_name> with the name of your network interface, e.g., network:enp0s25, as specificed in glances.
         
        sensor:<sensor_id>: Temperature of the specified sensor, typically used to monitor CPU temperature. Replace <sensor_id> with the name of your sensor, e.g., sensor:Package id 0 as specificed in glances.
         
        disk:<disk_id>: Disk I/O data for the specified disk. Replace <disk_id> with the id of your disk, e.g., disk:sdb, as specificed in glances.
         
        gpu:<gpu_id>: GPU usage for the specified GPU. Replace <gpu_id> with the id of your GPU, e.g., gpu:0, as specificed in glances.
         
        fs:<mnt_point>: Disk usage for the specified mount point. Replace <mnt_point> with the path of your disk, e.g., /mnt/storage, as specificed in glances.
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/glances/#views","title":"Views","text":"
        All widgets offer an alternative to the full or \"graph\" view, which is the compact, or \"graphless\" view.
         
         
        To switch to the alternative \"graphless\" view, simply passs chart: false as an option to the widget, like so:
         
        - Network Usage:\nwidget:\ntype: glances\nurl: http://glances.host.or.ip:port\nmetric: network:enp0s25\nchart: false\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/gluetun/","title":"Gluetun","text":"
        Requires HTTP control server options to be enabled.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"public_ip\", \"region\", \"country\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: gluetun\nurl: http://gluetun.host.or.ip\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/gotify/","title":"Gotify","text":"
        Get a Gotify client token from an existing client or create a new one on your Gotify admin page.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"apps\", \"clients\", \"messages\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: gotify\nurl: http://gotify.host.or.ip\nkey: clientoken\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/grafana/","title":"Grafana","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"dashboards\", \"datasources\", \"totalalerts\", \"alertstriggered\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: grafana\nurl: http://grafana.host.or.ip:port\nusername: username\npassword: password\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/hdhomerun/","title":"HDHomerun","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"channels\", \"hd\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: hdhomerun\nurl: http://hdhomerun.host.or.ip\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/healthchecks/","title":"Health checks","text":"
        To use the Health Checks widget, you first need to generate an API key. To do this, follow these steps:
         
           
        1. Go to Settings in your check dashboard.
          2.  
        2. Click on API key (read-only) and then click Create.
          3.  
        3. Copy the API key that is generated for you.
          4.  
         
        Allowed fields: [\"status\", \"last_ping\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: healthchecks\nurl: http://healthchecks.host.or.ip:port\nkey: <YOUR_API_KEY>\nuuid: <YOUR_CHECK_UUID>\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/homeassistant/","title":"Home Assistant","text":"
        You will need to generate a long-lived access token for an existing Home Assistant user in its profile.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"people_home\", \"lights_on\", \"switches_on\"].
         
        Up to a maximum of four custom states and/or templates can be queried via the custom property like in the example below. The custom property will have no effect as long as the fields property is defined.
         
           
        • state will query the state of the specified entity_id
          •  
        • state labels and values can be user defined and may reference entity attributes in curly brackets
          •  
        • if no state label is defined it will default to \"{attributes.friendly_name}\"
          •  
        • if no state value is defined it will default to \"{state} {attributes.unit_of_measurement}\"
          •  
        • template will query the specified template, see (Home Assistant Templating)[https://www.home-assistant.io/docs/configuration/templating]
          •  
        • if no template label is defined it will be empty
          •  
         
        widget:\ntype: homeassistant\nurl: http://homeassistant.host.or.ip:port\nkey: access_token\ncustom:\n- state: sensor.total_power\n- state: sensor.total_energy_today\nlabel: energy today\n- template: \"{{ states.switch|selectattr('state','equalto','on')|list|length }}\"\nlabel: switches on\n- state: weather.forecast_home\nlabel: wind speed\nvalue: \"{attributes.wind_speed} {attributes.wind_speed_unit}\"\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/homebridge/","title":"Homebridge","text":"
        The Homebridge API is actually provided by the Config UI X plugin that has been included with Homebridge for a while, still it is required to be installed for this widget to work.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"updates\", \"child_bridges\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: homebridge\nurl: http://homebridge.host.or.ip:port\nusername: username\npassword: password\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/immich/","title":"Immich","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"users\" ,\"photos\", \"videos\", \"storage\"].
         
        Note that API key must be from admin user.
         
        widget:\ntype: immich\nurl: http://immich.host.or.ip\nkey: adminapikeyadminapikeyadminapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/jackett/","title":"Jackett","text":"
        Jackett must not have any authentication for the widget to work.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"configured\", \"errored\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: jackett\nurl: http://jackett.host.or.ip\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/jdownloader/","title":"JDownloader","text":"
        Basic widget to show number of items in download queue, along with the queue size and current download speed.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"downloadCount\", \"downloadTotalBytes\",\"downloadBytesRemaining\", \"downloadSpeed\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: jdownloader\nusername: JDownloader Username\npassword: JDownloader Password\nclient: Name of JDownloader Instance\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/jellyfin/","title":"Jellyfin","text":"
        You can create an API key from inside Jellyfin at Settings > Advanced > Api Keys.
         
        As of v0.6.11 the widget supports fields [\"movies\", \"series\", \"episodes\", \"songs\"]. These blocks are disabled by default but can be enabled with the enableBlocks option, and the \"Now Playing\" feature (enabled by default) can be disabled with the enableNowPlaying option.
         
        widget:\ntype: jellyfin\nurl: http://jellyfin.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\nenableBlocks: true # optional, defaults to false\nenableNowPlaying: true # optional, defaults to true\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/jellyseerr/","title":"Jellyseerr","text":"
        Find your API key under Settings > General > API Key.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"pending\", \"approved\", \"available\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: jellyseerr\nurl: http://jellyseerr.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/kavita/","title":"Kavita","text":"
        Uses the same username and password used to login from the web.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"seriesCount\", \"totalFiles\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: kavita\nurl: http://kavita.host.or.ip:port\nusername: username\npassword: password\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/komga/","title":"Komga","text":"
        Uses the same username and password used to login from the web.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"libraries\", \"series\", \"books\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: komga\nurl: http://komga.host.or.ip:port\nusername: username\npassword: password\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/kopia/","title":"Kopia","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"status\", \"size\", \"lastrun\", \"nextrun\"].
         
        You may optionally pass values for snapshotHost and / or snapshotPath to select a specific backup source for the widget.
         
        widget:\ntype: kopia\nurl: http://kopia.host.or.ip:port\nusername: username\npassword: password\nsnapshotHost: hostname # optional\nsnapshotPath: path # optional\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/lidarr/","title":"Lidarr","text":"
        Find your API key under Settings > General.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"wanted\", \"queued\", \"artists\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: lidarr\nurl: http://lidarr.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/mastodon/","title":"Mastodon","text":"
        Use the base URL of the Mastodon instance you'd like to pull stats for. Does not require authentication as the stats are part of the public API endpoints.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"user_count\", \"status_count\", \"domain_count\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: mastodon\nurl: https://mastodon.host.name\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/mealie/","title":"Mealie","text":"
        Generate a user API key under Profile > Manage Your API Tokens > Generate.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"recipes\", \"users\", \"categories\", \"tags\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: mealie\nurl: http://mealie-frontend.host.or.ip\nkey: mealieapitoken\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/medusa/","title":"Medusa","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"wanted\", \"queued\", \"series\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: medusa\nurl: http://medusa.host.or.ip:port\nkey: medusaapikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/mikrotik/","title":"Mikrotik","text":"
        HTTPS may be required, per the documentation
         
        Allowed fields: [\"uptime\", \"cpuLoad\", \"memoryUsed\", \"numberOfLeases\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: mikrotik\nurl: https://mikrotik.host.or.ip\nusername: username\npassword: password\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/minecraft/","title":"Minecraft","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"players\", \"version\", \"status\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: minecraft\nurl: udp://minecraftserveripordomain:port\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/miniflux/","title":"Miniflux","text":"
        Api key is found under Settings > API keys
         
        Allowed fields: [\"unread\", \"read\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: miniflux\nurl: http://miniflux.host.or.ip:port\nkey: minifluxapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/mjpeg/","title":"MJPEG","text":"
        Pass the stream URL from a service like \u00b5Streamer or camera-streamer.
         
        widget:\ntype: mjpeg\nstream: http://mjpeg.host.or.ip/webcam/stream\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/moonraker/","title":"Moonraker (Klipper)","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"printer_state\", \"print_status\", \"print_progress\", \"layers\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: moonraker\nurl: http://moonraker.host.or.ip:port\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/mylar/","title":"Mylar3","text":"
        API must be enabled in Mylar3 settings.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"series\", \"issues\", \"wanted\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: mylar\nurl: http://mylar3.host.or.ip:port\nkey: yourmylar3apikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/navidrome/","title":"Navidrome","text":"
        For detailed information about how to generate the token see http://www.subsonic.org/pages/api.jsp.
         
        Allowed fields: no configurable fields for this widget.
         
        widget:\ntype: navidrome\nurl: http://navidrome.host.or.ip:port\nuser: username\ntoken: token #md5(password + salt)\nsalt: randomsalt\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/nextcloud/","title":"Nextcloud","text":"
        Use username & password, or the NC-Token key. Information about the token can be found under Settings > System. If both are provided, NC-Token will be used.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"cpuload\", \"memoryusage\", \"freespace\", \"activeusers\", \"numfiles\", \"numshares\"].
         
        Note \"cpuload\" and \"memoryusage\" were deprecated in v0.6.18 and a maximum of 4 fields can be displayed.
         
        widget:\ntype: nextcloud\nurl: https://nextcloud.host.or.ip:port\nkey: token\n
         
        widget:\ntype: nextcloud\nurl: https://nextcloud.host.or.ip:port\nusername: username\npassword: password\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/nextdns/","title":"NextDNS","text":"
        Api key is found under Account > API, profile ID is found under Setup > Endpoints > ID
         
        widget:\ntype: nextdns\nprofile: profileid\nkey: yourapikeyhere\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/nginx-proxy-manager/","title":"Nginx Proxy Manager","text":"
        Login with the same admin username and password used to access the web UI.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"enabled\", \"disabled\", \"total\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: npm\nurl: http://npm.host.or.ip\nusername: admin_username\npassword: admin_password\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/nzbget/","title":"NZBget","text":"
        This widget uses the same authentication method as your browser when logging in (HTTP Basic Auth), and is often referred to as the ControlUsername and ControlPassword inside of Nzbget documentation.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"rate\", \"remaining\", \"downloaded\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: nzbget\nurl: http://nzbget.host.or.ip\nusername: controlusername\npassword: controlpassword\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/octoprint/","title":"OctoPrint","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"printer_state\", \"temp_tool\", \"temp_bed\", \"job_completion\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: octoprint\nurl: http://octoprint.host.or.ip:port\nkey: youroctoprintapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/omada/","title":"Omada","text":"
        The widget supports controller versions 3, 4 and 5.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"connectedAp\", \"activeUser\", \"alerts\", \"connectedGateways\", \"connectedSwitches\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: omada\nurl: http://omada.host.or.ip:port\nusername: username\npassword: password\nsite: sitename\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/ombi/","title":"Ombi","text":"
        Find your API key under Settings > Configuration > General.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"pending\", \"approved\", \"available\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: ombi\nurl: http://ombi.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/opendtu/","title":"OpenDTU","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"yieldDay\", \"relativePower\", \"absolutePower\", \"limit\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: opendtu\nurl: http://opendtu.host.or.ip\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/openmediavault/","title":"OpenMediaVault","text":"
        Provides useful information from your OpenMediaVault
         
        widget:\ntype: openmediavault\nurl: http://omv.host.or.ip\nusername: admin\npassword: pass\nmethod: services.getStatus # required\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/openmediavault/#methods","title":"Methods","text":"
        The method field determines the type of data to be displayed and is required. Supported methods:
         
        services.getStatus: Shows status of running services. Allowed fields: [\"running\", \"stopped\", \"total\"]
         
        smart.getListBg: Shows S.M.A.R.T. status from disks. Allowed fields: [\"passed\", \"failed\"]
         
        downloader.getDownloadList: Displays the number of tasks from the Downloader plugin currently being downloaded and total. Allowed fields: [\"downloading\", \"total\"]
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/opnsense/","title":"OPNSense","text":"
        The API key & secret can be generated via the webui by creating a new user at System/Access/Users. Ensure \"Generate a scrambled password to prevent local database logins for this user\" is checked and then edit the effective privileges selecting only:
         
           
        • Diagnostics: System Activity
          •  
        • Status: Traffic Graph
          •  
         
        Finally, create a new API key which will download an apikey.txt file with your key and secret in it. Use the values as the username and password fields, respectively, in your homepage config.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"cpu\", \"memory\", \"wanUpload\", \"wanDownload\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: opnsense\nurl: http://opnsense.host.or.ip\nusername: key\npassword: secret\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/overseerr/","title":"Overseerr","text":"
        Find your API key under Settings > General.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"pending\", \"approved\", \"available\", \"processing\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: overseerr\nurl: http://overseerr.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/paperlessngx/","title":"Paperless-ngx","text":"
        Use username & password, or the token key. Information about the token can be found in the Paperless-ngx API documentation. If both are provided, the token will be used.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"total\", \"inbox\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: paperlessngx\nurl: http://paperlessngx.host.or.ip:port\nusername: username\npassword: password\n
         
        widget:\ntype: paperlessngx\nurl: http://paperlessngx.host.or.ip:port\nkey: token\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/pfsense/","title":"pfSense","text":"
        This widget requires the installation of the pfsense-api which is a 3rd party package for pfSense routers.
         
        Once pfSense API is installed, you can set the API to be read-only in System > API > Settings.
         
        Currently the only supported authentication mode is 'Local Database'.
         
        WAN interface to monitor can be defined by updating the wan param.
         
        Load is returned instead of cpu utilization. This is a limitation in the pfSense API due to the complexity of this calculation. This may become available in future versions.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"load\", \"memory\", \"temp\", \"wanStatus\", \"wanIP\", \"disk\"] (maximum of 4)
         
        widget:\ntype: pfsense\nurl: http://pfsense.host.or.ip:port\nusername: user\npassword: pass\nwan: igb0\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/photoprism/","title":"PhotoPrism","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"albums\", \"photos\", \"videos\", \"people\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: photoprism\nurl: http://photoprism.host.or.ip:port\nusername: admin\npassword: password\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/pialert/","title":"PiAlert","text":"
        Widget for PiAlert.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"total\", \"connected\", \"new_devices\", \"down_alerts\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: pialert\nurl: http://ip:port\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/pihole/","title":"PiHole","text":"
        As of v2022.12 PiHole requires the use of an API key if an admin password is set. Older versions do not require any authentication even if the admin uses a password.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"queries\", \"blocked\", \"blocked_percent\", \"gravity\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: pihole\nurl: http://pi.hole.or.ip\nkey: yourpiholeapikey # optional\n
         
        Added in v0.1.0, udpated in v0.6.18
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/plex-tautulli/","title":"Tautulli (Plex)","text":"
        Provides detailed information about currently active streams. You can find the API key from inside Tautulli at Settings > Web Interface > API.
         
        Allowed fields: no configurable fields for this widget.
         
        widget:\ntype: tautulli\nurl: http://tautulli.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/plex/","title":"Plex","text":"
        The core Plex API is somewhat limited but basic info regarding library sizes and the number of active streams is supported. For more detailed info regarding active streams see the Plex Tautulli widget.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"streams\", \"albums\", \"movies\", \"tv\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: plex\nurl: http://plex.host.or.ip:32400\nkey: mytokenhere # see https://www.plexopedia.com/plex-media-server/general/plex-token/\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/portainer/","title":"Portainer","text":"
        You'll need to make sure you have the correct environment set for the integration to work properly. From the Environments section inside of Portainer, click the one you'd like to connect to and observe the ID at the end of the URL (should be), something like #!/endpoints/1, here 1 is the value to set as the env value. In order to generate an API key, please follow the steps outlined here https://docs.portainer.io/api/access.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"running\", \"stopped\", \"total\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: portainer\nurl: https://portainer.host.or.ip:9443\nenv: 1\nkey: ptr_accesskeyaccesskeyaccesskeyaccesskey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/prometheus/","title":"Prometheus","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"targets_up\", \"targets_down\", \"targets_total\"]
         
        widget:\ntype: prometheus\nurl: http://prometheushost:port\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/prowlarr/","title":"Prowlarr","text":"
        Find your API key under Settings > General.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"numberOfGrabs\", \"numberOfQueries\", \"numberOfFailGrabs\", \"numberOfFailQueries\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: prowlarr\nurl: http://prowlarr.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/proxmox/","title":"Proxmox","text":"
        This widget shows the running and total counts of both QEMU VMs and LX Containers in the Proxmox cluster. It also shows the CPU and memory usage of the first node in the cluster.
         
        You will need to generate an API Token for new or an existing user. Here is an example of how to do this for a new user.
         
           
        1. Navigate to the Proxmox portal, click on Datacenter
          2.  
        2. Expand Permissions, click on Groups
          3.  
        3. Click the Create button
          4.  
        4. Name the group something informative, like api-ro-users
          5.  
        5. Click on the Permissions \"folder\"
          6.  
        6. Click Add -> Group Permission
          7.  
        7. Path: /
          8.  
        8. Group: group from bullet 4 above
          9.  
        9. Role: PVEAuditor
          10.  
        10. Propagate: Checked
          11.  
        11. Expand Permissions, click on Users
          12.  
        12. Click the Add button
          13.  
        13. User name: something informative like api
          14.  
        14. Realm: Linux PAM standard authentication
          15.  
        15. Group: group from bullet 4 above
          16.  
        16. Expand Permissions, click on API Tokens
          17.  
        17. Click the Add button
             
          • User: user from bullet 8 above
            •  
          • Token ID: something informative like the application or purpose like homepage
            •  
          • Privilege Separation: Checked
            •  
           
          18.  
        18. Go back to the \"Permissions\" menu
          19.  
        19. Click Add -> API Token Permission
             
          • Path: /
            •  
          • API Token: select the Token ID created in Step 10
            •  
          • Role: PVE Auditor
            •  
          • Propagate: Checked
            •  
           
          20.  
         
        Use username@pam!Token ID as the username (e.g api@pam!homepage) setting and Secret as the password setting.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"vms\", \"lxc\", \"resources.cpu\", \"resources.mem\"].
         
        You can set the optional node setting when you want to show metrics for a single node. By default it will show the average for the complete cluster.
         
        widget:\ntype: proxmox\nurl: https://proxmox.host.or.ip:8006\nusername: api_token_id\npassword: api_token_secret\nnode: pve-1 # optional\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/proxmoxbackupserver/","title":"Proxmox Backup Server","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"datastore_usage\", \"failed_tasks_24h\", \"cpu_usage\", \"memory_usage\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: proxmoxbackupserver\nurl: https://proxmoxbackupserver.host:port\nusername: api_token_id\npassword: api_token_secret\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/pterodactyl/","title":"Pterodactyl","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"nodes\", \"servers\"]
         
        widget:\ntype: pterodactyl\nurl: http://pterodactylhost:port\nkey: pterodactylapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/pyload/","title":"Pyload","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"speed\", \"active\", \"queue\", \"total\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: pyload\nurl: http://pyload.host.or.ip:port\nusername: username\npassword: password # only needed if set\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/qbittorrent/","title":"qBittorrent","text":"
        Uses the same username and password used to login from the web.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"leech\", \"download\", \"seed\", \"upload\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: qbittorrent\nurl: http://qbittorrent.host.or.ip\nusername: username\npassword: password\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/qnap/","title":"QNAP","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"cpuUsage\", \"memUsage\", \"systemTempC\", \"poolUsage\", \"volumeUsage\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: qnap\nurl: http://qnap.host.or.ip:port\nusername: user\npassword: pass\n
         
        If the QNAP device has multiple volumes, the poolUsage will be a sum of all volumes.
         
        If only a single volume needs to be tracked, add the following to your configuration and the Widget will track this as volumeUsage:
         
        volume: Volume Name From QNAP\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/radarr/","title":"Radarr","text":"
        Find your API key under Settings > General.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"wanted\", \"missing\", \"queued\", \"movies\"].
         
        A detailed queue listing is disabled by default, but can be enabled with the enableQueue option.
         
        widget:\ntype: radarr\nurl: http://radarr.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\nenableQueue: true # optional, defaults to false\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/readarr/","title":"Readarr","text":"
        Find your API key under Settings > General.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"wanted\", \"queued\", \"books\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: readarr\nurl: http://readarr.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/rutorrent/","title":"ruTorrent","text":"
        This requires the httprpc plugin to be installed and enabled, and is part of the default ruTorrent plugins. If you have not explicitly removed or disable this plugin, it should be available.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"active\", \"upload\", \"download\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: rutorrent\nurl: http://rutorrent.host.or.ip\nusername: username # optional, false if not used\npassword: password # optional, false if not used\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/sabnzbd/","title":"SABnzbd","text":"
        Find your API key under Config > General.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"rate\", \"queue\", \"timeleft\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: sabnzbd\nurl: http://sabnzbd.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/scrutiny/","title":"Scrutiny","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"passed\", \"failed\", \"unknown\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: scrutiny\nurl: http://scrutiny.host.or.ip\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/sonarr/","title":"Sonarr","text":"
        Find your API key under Settings > General.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"wanted\", \"queued\", \"series\"].
         
        A detailed queue listing is disabled by default, but can be enabled with the enableQueue option.
         
        widget:\ntype: sonarr\nurl: http://sonarr.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\nenableQueue: true # optional, defaults to false\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/speedtest-tracker/","title":"Speedtest Tracker","text":"
        No extra configuration is required.
         
        This widget is compatible with both alexjustesen/speedtest-tracker and henrywhitaker3/Speedtest-Tracker.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"download\", \"upload\", \"ping\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: speedtest\nurl: http://speedtest.host.or.ip\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/syncthing-relay-server/","title":"Syncthing Relay Server","text":"
        Pulls stats from the relay server. See here for more information on configuration.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"numActiveSessions\", \"numConnections\", \"bytesProxied\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: strelaysrv\nurl: http://syncthing.host.or.ip:22070\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/tailscale/","title":"Tailscale","text":"
        You will need to generate an API access token from the keys page on the Tailscale dashboard.
         
        To find your device ID, go to the machine overview page and select your machine. In the \"Machine Details\" section, copy your ID. It will end with CNTRL.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"address\", \"last_seen\", \"expires\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: tailscale\ndeviceid: deviceid\nkey: tailscalekey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/tdarr/","title":"Tdarr","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"queue\", \"processed\", \"errored\", \"saved\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: tdarr\nurl: http://tdarr.host.or.ip\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/traefik/","title":"Traefik","text":"
        No extra configuration is required. If your traefik install requires authentication, include the username and password used to login to the web interface.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"routers\", \"services\", \"middleware\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: traefik\nurl: http://traefik.host.or.ip\nusername: username # optional\npassword: password # optional\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/transmission/","title":"Transmission","text":"
        Uses the same username and password used to login from the web.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"leech\", \"download\", \"seed\", \"upload\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: transmission\nurl: http://transmission.host.or.ip\nusername: username\npassword: password\nrpcUrl: /transmission/ # Optional. Matches the value of \"rpc-url\" in your Transmission's settings.json file\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/truenas/","title":"TrueNas","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"load\", \"uptime\", \"alerts\"].
         
        To create an API Key, follow the official TrueNAS documentation.
         
        widget:\ntype: truenas\nurl: http://truenas.host.or.ip\nusername: user # not required if using api key\npassword: pass # not required if using api key\nkey: yourtruenasapikey # not required if using username / password\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/tubearchivist/","title":"Tube Archivist","text":"
        Requires API key.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"downloads\", \"videos\", \"channels\", \"playlists\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: tubearchivist\nurl: http://tubearchivist.host.or.ip\nkey: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/unifi-controller/","title":"Unifi Controller","text":"
        (Find the Unifi Controller information widget here)
         
        You can display general connectivity status from your Unifi (Network) Controller. When authenticating you will want to use an account that has at least read privileges.
         
        An optional 'site' parameter can be supplied, if it is not the widget will use the default site for the controller.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"uptime\", \"wan\", \"lan_users\", \"wlan_users\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: unifi\nurl: https://unifi.host.or.ip:port\nusername: username\npassword: password\nsite: Site Name # optional\n
         
        Added in v0.4.18, updated in 0.6.7
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/unmanic/","title":"Unmanic","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"active_workers\", \"total_workers\", \"records_total\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: unmanic\nurl: http://unmanic.host.or.ip:port\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/uptime-kuma/","title":"Uptime Kuma","text":"
        As Uptime Kuma does not yet have a full API the widget uses data from a single \"status page\". As such you will need a status page setup with a group of monitored sites, which is where you get the slug (without the /status/ portion).
         
        Allowed fields: [\"up\", \"down\", \"uptime\", \"incident\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: uptimekuma\nurl: http://uptimekuma.host.or.ip:port\nslug: statuspageslug\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/uptimerobot/","title":"UptimeRobot","text":"
        To generate an API key, select My Settings, and either Monitor-Specific API Key or Read-Only API Key.
         
        A Monitor-Specific API Key will provide the following detailed information for the selected monitor:
         
           
        • Current status
          •  
        • Current uptime
          •  
        • Date/time of last downtime
          •  
        • Duration of last downtime
          •  
         
        Allowed fields: [\"status\", \"uptime\", \"lastDown\", \"downDuration\"].
         
        A Read-Only API Key will provide a summary of all monitors in your account:
         
           
        • Number of 'Up' monitors
          •  
        • Number of 'Down' monitors
          •  
         
        Allowed fields: [\"sitesUp\", \"sitesDown\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: uptimerobot\nurl: https://api.uptimerobot.com\nkey: uptimerobotapitoken\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/urbackup/","title":"UrBackup","text":"
        The UrBackup widget retrieves the total number of clients that currently have no errors, have errors, or haven't backed up recently. Clients are considered \"Errored\" or \"Out of Date\" if either the file or image backups for that client have errors/are out of date, unless the client does not support image backups.
         
        The default number of days that can elapse before a client is marked Out of Date is 3, but this value can be customized by setting the maxDays value in the config.
         
        Optionally, the widget can also report the total amount of disk space consumed by backups. This is disabled by default, because it requires a second API call.
         
        Note: client status is only shown for backups that the specified user has access to. Disk Usage shown is the total for all backups, regardless of permissions.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"ok\", \"errored\", \"noRecent\", \"totalUsed\"]. Note that totalUsed will not be shown unless explicitly included in fields.
         
        widget:\ntype: urbackup\nusername: urbackupUsername\npassword: urbackupPassword\nurl: http://urbackupUrl:55414\nmaxDays: 5 # optional\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/watchtower/","title":"Watchtower","text":"
        To use this widget, Watchtower needs to be configured to to enable metrics.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"containers_scanned\", \"containers_updated\", \"containers_failed\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: watchtower\nurl: http://your-ip-address:8080\nkey: demotoken\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/whatsupdocker/","title":"Whats Up Docker","text":"
        Currently requires unauthenticated whatsupdocker instance.
         
        Allowed fields: [\"monitoring\", \"updates\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: whatsupdocker\nurl: http://whatsupdocker:port\n
        "},{"location":"widgets/services/xteve/","title":"Xteve","text":"
        Allowed fields: [\"streams_all\", \"streams_active\", \"streams_xepg\"].
         
        widget:\ntype: xteve\nurl: http://xteve.host.or.ip\nusername: username # optional\npassword: password # optional\n
        "}]}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/v0.7.3/sitemap.xml.gz b/v0.7.3/sitemap.xml.gz
index f2b720f1f1ad64e9d832c6f8dcadb04e55b5a2a9..7a5a503295da926ab01bad9e8bf3f1f448f938d9 100644
GIT binary patch
delta 16
XcmZqTY~o~>@8;kT=QG&IUd;jk9iIba

delta 16
XcmZqTY~o~>@8;m}_@cj&y_y98Bvk}@

diff --git a/v0.7.3/stylesheets/extra.css b/v0.7.3/stylesheets/extra.css
index 0756f2781..f7a8217ef 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/stylesheets/extra.css
+++ b/v0.7.3/stylesheets/extra.css
@@ -17,4 +17,4 @@
         color: var(--md-default-bg-color--lighter);
         border-color: var(--md-default-bg-color--lighter);
     }
-}
\ No newline at end of file
+}
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/info/datetime/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/info/datetime/index.html
index aafd48d09..42fead2c8 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/info/datetime/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/info/datetime/index.html
@@ -4537,34 +4537,34 @@
 
        This allows you to display the date and/or time, can be heavily configured using Intl.DateTimeFormat.
        
 
        Formatting is locale aware and will present your date in the regional format you expect, for example, 9/16/22, 3:03 PM for locale en and 16.09.22, 15:03 for de. You can also specify a locale just for the datetime widget with the locale option (see below).
        
 
        - datetime:
-      text_size: xl
-      format:
-          timeStyle: short
+    text_size: xl
+    format:
+      timeStyle: short
 
        
 
        Any options passed to format are passed directly to Intl.DateTimeFormat, please reference the MDN documentation for all available options.
        
 
        Valid text sizes are 4xl, 3xl, 2xl, xl, md, sm, xs.
        
 
        A few examples,
        
 
        # 13:37
 format:
-    timeStyle: short
-    hourCycle: h23
+  timeStyle: short
+  hourCycle: h23
 
        
 
        # 1:37 PM
 format:
-    timeStyle: short
-    hour12: true
+  timeStyle: short
+  hour12: true
 
        
 
        # 1/23/22, 1:37 PM
 format:
-    dateStyle: short
-    timeStyle: short
-    hour12: true
+  dateStyle: short
+  timeStyle: short
+  hour12: true
 
        
 
        # 4 januari 2023 om 13:51:25 PST
 locale: nl
 format:
-    dateStyle: long
-    timeStyle: long
+  dateStyle: long
+  timeStyle: long
 
        
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/info/glances/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/info/glances/index.html
index d04bbcd8e..13a0aca57 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/info/glances/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/info/glances/index.html
@@ -4537,16 +4537,16 @@
 
        (Find the Glances service widget here)
        
 
        The Glances widget allows you to monitor the resources (CPU, memory, storage, temp & uptime) of host or another machine, and is designed to match the resources info widget. You can have multiple instances by adding another configuration block. The cputemp, uptime & disk states require separate API calls and thus are not enabled by default. Glances needs to be running in "web server" mode to enable the API, see the glances docs.
        
 
        - glances:
-      url: http://host.or.ip:port
-      username: user # optional if auth enabled in Glances
-      password: pass # optional if auth enabled in Glances
-      cpu: true # optional, enabled by default, disable by setting to false
-      mem: true # optional, enabled by default, disable by setting to false
-      cputemp: true # disabled by default
-      uptime: true # disabled by default
-      disk: / # disabled by default, use mount point of disk(s) in glances. Can also be a list (see below)
-      expanded: true # show the expanded view
-      label: MyMachine # optional
+    url: http://host.or.ip:port
+    username: user # optional if auth enabled in Glances
+    password: pass # optional if auth enabled in Glances
+    cpu: true # optional, enabled by default, disable by setting to false
+    mem: true # optional, enabled by default, disable by setting to false
+    cputemp: true # disabled by default
+    uptime: true # disabled by default
+    disk: / # disabled by default, use mount point of disk(s) in glances. Can also be a list (see below)
+    expanded: true # show the expanded view
+    label: MyMachine # optional
 
        
 
        Multiple disks can be specified as:
        
 
        disk:
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/info/greeting/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/info/greeting/index.html
index 776c7ac1a..05c1ca380 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/info/greeting/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/info/greeting/index.html
@@ -4536,8 +4536,8 @@
 
 
        This allows you to display simple text, can be configured like so:
        
 
        - greeting:
-      text_size: xl
-      text: Greeting Text
+    text_size: xl
+    text: Greeting Text
 
        
 
        Valid text sizes are 4xl, 3xl, 2xl, xl, md, sm, xs.
        
 
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/info/kubernetes/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/info/kubernetes/index.html
index c1e5e49e1..2caf675d2 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/info/kubernetes/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/info/kubernetes/index.html
@@ -4537,25 +4537,25 @@
 
        This is very similar to the Resources widget, but provides resource information about a Kubernetes cluster.
        
 
        It provides CPU and Memory usage, by node and/or at the cluster level.
        
 
        - kubernetes:
-      cluster:
-          # Shows cluster-wide statistics
-          show: true
-          # Shows the aggregate CPU stats
-          cpu: true
-          # Shows the aggregate memory stats
-          memory: true
-          # Shows a custom label
-          showLabel: true
-          label: "cluster"
-      nodes:
-          # Shows node-specific statistics
-          show: true
-          # Shows the CPU for each node
-          cpu: true
-          # Shows the memory for each node
-          memory: true
-          # Shows the label, which is always the node name
-          showLabel: true
+    cluster:
+      # Shows cluster-wide statistics
+      show: true
+      # Shows the aggregate CPU stats
+      cpu: true
+      # Shows the aggregate memory stats
+      memory: true
+      # Shows a custom label
+      showLabel: true
+      label: "cluster"
+    nodes:
+      # Shows node-specific statistics
+      show: true
+      # Shows the CPU for each node
+      cpu: true
+      # Shows the memory for each node
+      memory: true
+      # Shows the label, which is always the node name
+      showLabel: true
 
        
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/info/longhorn/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/info/longhorn/index.html
index 7f35e99fb..7fc109481 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/info/longhorn/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/info/longhorn/index.html
@@ -4539,18 +4539,18 @@ It is designed to appear similar to the Resource widget's disk representation.The exact metrics should be very similar to what is seen on the Longhorn dashboard itself.
        
 
        It can show the aggregate metrics and/or the individual node metrics.
        
 
        - longhorn:
-      # Show the expanded view
-      expanded: true
-      # Shows a node representing the aggregate values
-      total: true
-      # Shows the node names as labels
-      labels: true
-      # Show the nodes
-      nodes: true
-      # An explicit list of nodes to show. All are shown by default if "nodes" is true
-      include:
-          - node1
-          - node2
+    # Show the expanded view
+    expanded: true
+    # Shows a node representing the aggregate values
+    total: true
+    # Shows the node names as labels
+    labels: true
+    # Show the nodes
+    nodes: true
+    # An explicit list of nodes to show. All are shown by default if "nodes" is true
+    include:
+      - node1
+      - node2
 
        
 
        The Longhorn URL and credentials are stored in the providers section of the settings.yaml.
        
 
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/info/openmeteo/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/info/openmeteo/index.html
index 09cc36e5a..d0468c135 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/info/openmeteo/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/info/openmeteo/index.html
@@ -4536,12 +4536,12 @@
 
 
        No registration is required at all! See https://open-meteo.com/en/docs
        
 
        - openmeteo:
-      label: Kyiv # optional
-      latitude: 50.449684
-      longitude: 30.525026
-      timezone: Europe/Kiev # optional
-      units: metric # or imperial
-      cache: 5 # Time in minutes to cache API responses, to stay within limits
+    label: Kyiv # optional
+    latitude: 50.449684
+    longitude: 30.525026
+    timezone: Europe/Kiev # optional
+    units: metric # or imperial
+    cache: 5 # Time in minutes to cache API responses, to stay within limits
 
        
 
        You can optionally not pass a latitude and longitude and the widget will use your current location (requires a secure context, eg. HTTPS).
        
 
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/info/openweathermap/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/info/openweathermap/index.html
index c07773ad3..68ab0ab53 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/info/openweathermap/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/info/openweathermap/index.html
@@ -4536,13 +4536,13 @@
 
 
        The free tier "One Call API" is all thats required, you will need to subscribe and grab your API key.
        
 
        - openweathermap:
-      label: Kyiv #optional
-      latitude: 50.449684
-      longitude: 30.525026
-      units: metric # or imperial
-      provider: openweathermap
-      apiKey: youropenweathermapkey # required only if not using provider, this reveals api key in requests
-      cache: 5 # Time in minutes to cache API responses, to stay within limits
+    label: Kyiv #optional
+    latitude: 50.449684
+    longitude: 30.525026
+    units: metric # or imperial
+    provider: openweathermap
+    apiKey: youropenweathermapkey # required only if not using provider, this reveals api key in requests
+    cache: 5 # Time in minutes to cache API responses, to stay within limits
 
        
 
        You can optionally not pass a latitude and longitude and the widget will use your current location (requires a secure context, eg. HTTPS).
        
 
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/info/resources/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/info/resources/index.html
index 08e05e990..17aae9bd0 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/info/resources/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/info/resources/index.html
@@ -4540,44 +4540,44 @@
 
        Note: unfortunately, the package used for getting CPU temp (systeminformation) is not compatibile with some setups and will not report any value(s) for CPU temp.
        
 
        Any disk you wish to access must be mounted to your container as a volume.
        
 
        - resources:
-      cpu: true
-      memory: true
-      disk: /disk/mount/path
-      cputemp: true
-      uptime: true
-      units: imperial # only used by cpu temp
-      refresh: 3000 # optional, in ms
+    cpu: true
+    memory: true
+    disk: /disk/mount/path
+    cputemp: true
+    uptime: true
+    units: imperial # only used by cpu temp
+    refresh: 3000 # optional, in ms
 
        
 
        You can also pass a label option, which allows you to group resources under named sections,
        
 
        - resources:
-      label: System
-      cpu: true
-      memory: true
+    label: System
+    cpu: true
+    memory: true
 
 - resources:
-      label: Storage
-      disk: /mnt/storage
+    label: Storage
+    disk: /mnt/storage
 
        
 
        Which produces something like this,
        
 
        Resource Groups
        
 
        If you have more than a single disk and would like to group them together under the same label, you can pass an array of paths instead,
        
 
        - resources:
-      label: Storage
-      disk:
-          - /mnt/storage
-          - /mnt/backup
-          - /mnt/media
+    label: Storage
+    disk:
+      - /mnt/storage
+      - /mnt/backup
+      - /mnt/media
 
        
 
        To produce something like this,
        
 
        Screenshot 2022-09-11 at 2 15 42 PM
        
 
        You can additionally supply an optional expanded property set to true in order to show additional details about the resources. By default the expanded property is set to false when not supplied.
        
 
        - resources:
-      label: Array Disks
-      expanded: true
-      disk:
-          - /disk1
-          - /disk2
-          - /disk3
+    label: Array Disks
+    expanded: true
+    disk:
+      - /disk1
+      - /disk2
+      - /disk3
 
        
 
        194136533-c4238c82-4d67-41a4-b3c8-18bf26d33ac2
        
 
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/info/search/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/info/search/index.html
index a733fd28c..c0b8506c8 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/info/search/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/info/search/index.html
@@ -4536,19 +4536,19 @@
 
 
        You can add a search bar to your top widget area that can search using Google, Duckduckgo, Bing, Baidu, Brave or any other custom provider that supports the basic ?q= search query param.
        
 
        - search:
-      provider: google # google, duckduckgo, bing, baidu, brave or custom
-      focus: true # Optional, will set focus to the search bar on page load
-      target: _blank # One of _self, _blank, _parent or _top
+    provider: google # google, duckduckgo, bing, baidu, brave or custom
+    focus: true # Optional, will set focus to the search bar on page load
+    target: _blank # One of _self, _blank, _parent or _top
 
        
 
        or for a custom search:
        
 
        - search:
-      provider: custom
-      url: https://lougle.com/?q=
-      target: _blank
+    provider: custom
+    url: https://lougle.com/?q=
+    target: _blank
 
        
 
        multiple providers is also supported via a dropdown (excluding custom):
        
 
        - search:
-      provider: [brave, google, duckduckgo]
+    provider: [brave, google, duckduckgo]
 
        
 
        Added in v0.1.6, updated in 0.6.0
        
 
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/info/weather/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/info/weather/index.html
index 117d6873e..999df2151 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/info/weather/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/info/weather/index.html
@@ -4537,12 +4537,12 @@
 
        Note: this widget is considered 'deprecated' since there is no longer a free Weather API tier for new members. See the openmeteo or openweathermap widgets for alternatives.
        
 
        The free tier is all thats required, you will need to register and grab your API key.
        
 
        - weatherapi:
-      label: Kyiv # optional
-      latitude: 50.449684
-      longitude: 30.525026
-      units: metric # or imperial
-      apiKey: yourweatherapikey
-      cache: 5 # Time in minutes to cache API responses, to stay within limits
+    label: Kyiv # optional
+    latitude: 50.449684
+    longitude: 30.525026
+    units: metric # or imperial
+    apiKey: yourweatherapikey
+    cache: 5 # Time in minutes to cache API responses, to stay within limits
 
        
 
        You can optionally not pass a latitude and longitude and the widget will use your current location (requires a secure context, eg. HTTPS).
        
 
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/adguard-home/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/adguard-home/index.html
index fe08114d1..246b3ccb8 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/adguard-home/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/adguard-home/index.html
@@ -4537,10 +4537,10 @@
 
        The username and password are the same as used to login to the web interface.
        
 
        Allowed fields: ["queries", "blocked", "filtered", "latency"].
        
 
        widget:
-    type: adguard
-    url: http://adguard.host.or.ip
-    username: admin
-    password: password
+  type: adguard
+  url: http://adguard.host.or.ip
+  username: admin
+  password: password
 
        
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/atsumeru/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/atsumeru/index.html
index 2eeb60659..384fdbb2b 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/atsumeru/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/atsumeru/index.html
@@ -4537,10 +4537,10 @@
 
        Define same username and password that is used for login from web or supported apps
        
 
        Allowed fields: ["series", "archives", "chapters", "categories"].
        
 
        widget:
-    type: atsumeru
-    url: http://atsumeru.host.or.ip:port
-    username: username
-    password: password
+  type: atsumeru
+  url: http://atsumeru.host.or.ip:port
+  username: username
+  password: password
 
        
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/audiobookshelf/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/audiobookshelf/index.html
index 37345fe94..79ef953fd 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/audiobookshelf/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/audiobookshelf/index.html
@@ -4537,9 +4537,9 @@
 
        You can find your API token by logging into the Audiobookshelf web app as an admin, go to the config → users page, and click on your account.
        
 
        Allowed fields: ["podcasts", "podcastsDuration", "books", "booksDuration"]
        
 
        widget:
-    type: audiobookshelf
-    url: http://audiobookshelf.host.or.ip:port
-    key: audiobookshelflapikey
+  type: audiobookshelf
+  url: http://audiobookshelf.host.or.ip:port
+  key: audiobookshelflapikey
 
        
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/authentik/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/authentik/index.html
index d8eff73c4..982dc5760 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/authentik/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/authentik/index.html
@@ -4546,9 +4546,9 @@
 
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["users", "loginsLast24H", "failedLoginsLast24H"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: authentik
-    url: http://authentik.host.or.ip:22070
-    key: api_token
+  type: authentik
+  url: http://authentik.host.or.ip:22070
+  key: api_token
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/autobrr/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/autobrr/index.html
index 4d887a45e..d4dcf42cb 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/autobrr/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/autobrr/index.html
@@ -4537,9 +4537,9 @@
 
      Find your API key under Settings > API Keys.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["approvedPushes", "rejectedPushes", "filters", "indexers"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: autobrr
-    url: http://autobrr.host.or.ip
-    key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
+  type: autobrr
+  url: http://autobrr.host.or.ip
+  key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/azuredevops/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/azuredevops/index.html
index 2828a51f9..a3d66b4d9 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/azuredevops/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/azuredevops/index.html
@@ -4547,14 +4547,14 @@
 
 
      You will need to generate a personal access token for an existing user, see the azure documentation
      
 
      widget:
-    type: azuredevops
-    organization: myOrganization
-    project: myProject
-    definitionId: pipelineDefinitionId # required for pipelines
-    branchName: branchName # optional for pipelines, leave empty for all
-    userEmail: email # required for pull requests
-    repositoryId: prRepositoryId # required for pull requests
-    key: personalaccesstoken
+  type: azuredevops
+  organization: myOrganization
+  project: myProject
+  definitionId: pipelineDefinitionId # required for pipelines
+  branchName: branchName # optional for pipelines, leave empty for all
+  userEmail: email # required for pull requests
+  repositoryId: prRepositoryId # required for pull requests
+  key: personalaccesstoken
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/bazarr/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/bazarr/index.html
index d3995654a..f7054fb44 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/bazarr/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/bazarr/index.html
@@ -4537,9 +4537,9 @@
 
      Find your API key under Settings > General.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["missingEpisodes", "missingMovies"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: bazarr
-    url: http://bazarr.host.or.ip
-    key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
+  type: bazarr
+  url: http://bazarr.host.or.ip
+  key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/caddy/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/caddy/index.html
index 19ab28b71..89ec7ffeb 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/caddy/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/caddy/index.html
@@ -4536,8 +4536,8 @@
 
 
      Allowed fields: ["upstreams", "requests", "requests_failed"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: caddy
-    url: http://caddy.host.or.ip:adminport # default admin port is 2019
+  type: caddy
+  url: http://caddy.host.or.ip:adminport # default admin port is 2019
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/calibre-web/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/calibre-web/index.html
index ce6b6f95f..05b4849ab 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/calibre-web/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/calibre-web/index.html
@@ -4537,10 +4537,10 @@
 
      Note: this widget requires a feature of calibre-web that has not yet been distributed in versioned release. The code is contained in "nightly" lsio builds after 25/8/23 or running the calibre-web source code including commit 0499e57.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["books", "authors", "categories", "series"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: calibreweb
-    url: http://your.calibreweb.host:port
-    username: username
-    password: password
+  type: calibreweb
+  url: http://your.calibreweb.host:port
+  username: username
+  password: password
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/changedetectionio/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/changedetectionio/index.html
index bdff0bbcb..ce671eb1a 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/changedetectionio/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/changedetectionio/index.html
@@ -4536,9 +4536,9 @@
 
 
      Find your API key under Settings > API.
      
 
      widget:
-    type: changedetectionio
-    url: http://changedetection.host.or.ip:port
-    key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
+  type: changedetectionio
+  url: http://changedetection.host.or.ip:port
+  key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/channelsdvrserver/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/channelsdvrserver/index.html
index 969ba228e..5c9436b9a 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/channelsdvrserver/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/channelsdvrserver/index.html
@@ -4535,8 +4535,8 @@
   
      Channels DVR Server
      
 
 
      widget:
-    type: channelsdvrserver
-    url: http://192.168.1.55:8089
+  type: channelsdvrserver
+  url: http://192.168.1.55:8089
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/cloudflared/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/cloudflared/index.html
index 1e6d1d627..0456bf566 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/cloudflared/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/cloudflared/index.html
@@ -4537,10 +4537,10 @@
 
      As of v0.6.10 this widget no longer accepts a Cloudflare global API key (or account email) due to security concerns. Instead, you should setup an API token which only requires the permissions Account.Cloudflare Tunnel:Read.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["status", "origin_ip"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: cloudflared
-    accountid: accountid # from zero trust dashboard url e.g. https://one.dash.cloudflare.com/<accountid>/home/quick-start
-    tunnelid: tunnelid # found in tunnels dashboard under the tunnel name
-    key: cloudflareapitoken # api token with `Account.Cloudflare Tunnel:Read` https://dash.cloudflare.com/profile/api-tokens
+  type: cloudflared
+  accountid: accountid # from zero trust dashboard url e.g. https://one.dash.cloudflare.com/<accountid>/home/quick-start
+  tunnelid: tunnelid # found in tunnels dashboard under the tunnel name
+  key: cloudflareapitoken # api token with `Account.Cloudflare Tunnel:Read` https://dash.cloudflare.com/profile/api-tokens
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/coin-market-cap/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/coin-market-cap/index.html
index fdfcea637..1b098c696 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/coin-market-cap/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/coin-market-cap/index.html
@@ -4537,17 +4537,17 @@
 
      Get your API key from your CoinMarketCap Pro Dashboard.
      
 
      Allowed fields: no configurable fields for this widget.
      
 
      widget:
-    type: coinmarketcap
-    currency: GBP # Optional
-    symbols: [BTC, LTC, ETH]
-    key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
-    defaultinterval: 7d # Optional
+  type: coinmarketcap
+  currency: GBP # Optional
+  symbols: [BTC, LTC, ETH]
+  key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
+  defaultinterval: 7d # Optional
 
      
 
      You can also specify slugs instead of symbols (since symbols aren't garaunteed to be unique). If you supply both, slugs will be used. For example:
      
 
      widget:
-    type: coinmarketcap
-    slugs: [chia-network, uniswap]
-    key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
+  type: coinmarketcap
+  slugs: [chia-network, uniswap]
+  key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/customapi/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/customapi/index.html
index b25995035..9f3f62239 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/customapi/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/customapi/index.html
@@ -4662,64 +4662,64 @@
 
      This widget can show information from custom self-hosted or third party API.
      
 
      Fields need to be defined in the mappings section YAML object to correlate with the value in the APIs JSON object. Final field definition needs to be the key with the desired value information.
      
 
      widget:
-    type: customapi
-    url: http://custom.api.host.or.ip:port/path/to/exact/api/endpoint
-    refreshInterval: 10000 # optional - in milliseconds, defaults to 10s
-    username: username # auth - optional
-    password: password # auth - optional
-    method: GET # optional, e.g. POST
-    headers: # optional, must be object, see below
-    mappings:
-        - field: key # needs to be YAML string or object
-          label: Field 1
-          format: text # optional - defaults to text
-        - field: # needs to be YAML string or object
-              path:
-                  to: key2
-          format: number # optional - defaults to text
-          label: Field 2
-        - field: # needs to be YAML string or object
-              path:
-                  to:
-                      another: key3
-          label: Field 3
-          format: percent # optional - defaults to text
+  type: customapi
+  url: http://custom.api.host.or.ip:port/path/to/exact/api/endpoint
+  refreshInterval: 10000 # optional - in milliseconds, defaults to 10s
+  username: username # auth - optional
+  password: password # auth - optional
+  method: GET # optional, e.g. POST
+  headers: # optional, must be object, see below
+  mappings:
+    - field: key # needs to be YAML string or object
+      label: Field 1
+      format: text # optional - defaults to text
+    - field: # needs to be YAML string or object
+        path:
+          to: key2
+      format: number # optional - defaults to text
+      label: Field 2
+    - field: # needs to be YAML string or object
+        path:
+          to:
+            another: key3
+      label: Field 3
+      format: percent # optional - defaults to text
 
      
 
      Supported formats for the values are text, number, float, percent, bytes and bitrate.
      
 
      Example
      
 
      For the following JSON object from the API:
      
 
      {
-    "id": 1,
-    "name": "Rick Sanchez",
-    "status": "Alive",
-    "species": "Human",
-    "gender": "Male",
-    "origin": {
-        "name": "Earth (C-137)"
-    },
-    "locations": [
-        {
-            "name": "Earth (C-137)"
-        },
-        {
-            "name": "Citadel of Ricks"
-        }
-    ]
+  "id": 1,
+  "name": "Rick Sanchez",
+  "status": "Alive",
+  "species": "Human",
+  "gender": "Male",
+  "origin": {
+    "name": "Earth (C-137)"
+  },
+  "locations": [
+    {
+      "name": "Earth (C-137)"
+    },
+    {
+      "name": "Citadel of Ricks"
+    }
+  ]
 }
 
      
 
      Define the mappings section as an aray, for example:
      
 
      mappings:
-    - field: name # Rick Sanchez
-      label: Name
-    - field: status # Alive
-      label: Status
-    - field:
-          origin: name # Earth (C-137)
-      label: Origin
-    - field:
-          locations:
-              1: name # Citadel of Ricks
-      label: Location
+  - field: name # Rick Sanchez
+    label: Name
+  - field: status # Alive
+    label: Status
+  - field:
+      origin: name # Earth (C-137)
+    label: Origin
+  - field:
+      locations:
+        1: name # Citadel of Ricks
+    label: Location
 
      
 
      Data Transformation
      
 
      You can manipulate data with the following tools remap, scale and suffix, for example:
      
@@ -4727,12 +4727,12 @@
   label: Field 4
   format: text
   remap:
-      - value: 0
-        to: None
-      - value: 1
-        to: Connected
-      - any: true # will map all other values
-        to: Unknown
+    - value: 0
+      to: None
+    - value: 1
+      to: Connected
+    - any: true # will map all other values
+      to: Unknown
 - field: key5
   label: Power
   format: float
@@ -4742,7 +4742,7 @@
 
      Custom Headers
      
 
      Pass custom headers using the headers option, for example:
      
 
      headers:
-    X-API-Token: token
+  X-API-Token: token
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/deluge/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/deluge/index.html
index 506342894..1b0da2072 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/deluge/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/deluge/index.html
@@ -4537,9 +4537,9 @@
 
      Uses the same password used to login to the webui, see the deluge FAQ.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["leech", "download", "seed", "upload"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: deluge
-    url: http://deluge.host.or.ip
-    password: password # webui password
+  type: deluge
+  url: http://deluge.host.or.ip
+  password: password # webui password
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/diskstation/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/diskstation/index.html
index 981c1d04a..b4b5eb167 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/diskstation/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/diskstation/index.html
@@ -4544,22 +4544,20 @@
 
    • Under the User Groups tab of the user config dialogue check the box for Administrators.
      • 
 
    • On the Permissions tab check the top box for No Access, effectively prohibiting the user from accessing anything in the shared folders.
      • 
 
    • Under Applications check the box next to Deny in the header to explicitly prohibit login to all applications.
      • 
-
    • Now only allow login to the Download Station application, either by
        
+
      • Now only allow login to the Download Station application, either by
        • 
 
      • unchecking Deny in the respective row, or (if inheriting permission doesn't work because of other group settings)
        • 
 
      • checking Allow for this app, or
        • 
 
      • checking By IP for this app to limit the source of login attempts to one or more IP addresses/subnets.
        • 
-
      
-
      • 
 
    • When the Preview column shows Allow in the Download Station row, click Save.
      • 
 
 
      Now configure the widget with the correct login information and test it.
      
 
      If you encounter issues during testing, make sure to uncheck the option for automatic blocking due to invalid logins under Control Panel > Security > Protection. If desired, this setting can be reactivated once the login is established working.
      
 
      widget:
-    type: diskstation
-    url: http://diskstation.host.or.ip:port
-    username: username
-    password: password
-    volume: volume_N # optional
+  type: diskstation
+  url: http://diskstation.host.or.ip:port
+  username: username
+  password: password
+  volume: volume_N # optional
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/downloadstation/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/downloadstation/index.html
index 0f691ef93..b727ac2ac 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/downloadstation/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/downloadstation/index.html
@@ -4537,10 +4537,10 @@
 
      Note: the widget is not compatible with 2FA.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["leech", "download", "seed", "upload"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: downloadstation
-    url: http://downloadstation.host.or.ip:port
-    username: username
-    password: password
+  type: downloadstation
+  url: http://downloadstation.host.or.ip:port
+  username: username
+  password: password
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/emby/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/emby/index.html
index ec068bc06..2a61e16ce 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/emby/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/emby/index.html
@@ -4537,11 +4537,11 @@
 
      You can create an API key from inside Emby at Settings > Advanced > Api Keys.
      
 
      As of v0.6.11 the widget supports fields ["movies", "series", "episodes", "songs"]. These blocks are disabled by default but can be enabled with the enableBlocks option, and the "Now Playing" feature (enabled by default) can be disabled with the enableNowPlaying option.
      
 
      widget:
-    type: emby
-    url: http://emby.host.or.ip
-    key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
-    enableBlocks: true # optional, defaults to false
-    enableNowPlaying: true # optional, defaults to true
+  type: emby
+  url: http://emby.host.or.ip
+  key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
+  enableBlocks: true # optional, defaults to false
+  enableNowPlaying: true # optional, defaults to true
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/evcc/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/evcc/index.html
index b79f87b4b..491061e96 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/evcc/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/evcc/index.html
@@ -4536,8 +4536,8 @@
 
 
      Allowed fields: ["pv_power", "grid_power", "home_power", "charge_power].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: evcc
-    url: http://evcc.host.or.ip:port
+  type: evcc
+  url: http://evcc.host.or.ip:port
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/fileflows/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/fileflows/index.html
index 87b2c0503..d5985e7bd 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/fileflows/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/fileflows/index.html
@@ -4536,8 +4536,8 @@
 
 
      Allowed fields: ["queue", "processing", "processed", "time"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: fileflows
-    url: http://your.fileflows.host:port
+  type: fileflows
+  url: http://your.fileflows.host:port
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/flood/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/flood/index.html
index 40f8e09f2..dce2ca34d 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/flood/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/flood/index.html
@@ -4536,10 +4536,10 @@
 
 
      Allowed fields: ["leech", "download", "seed", "upload"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: flood
-    url: http://flood.host.or.ip
-    username: username # if set
-    password: password # if set
+  type: flood
+  url: http://flood.host.or.ip
+  username: username # if set
+  password: password # if set
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/freshrss/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/freshrss/index.html
index 91e3fb6b7..47f5b25e7 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/freshrss/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/freshrss/index.html
@@ -4537,10 +4537,10 @@
 
      Please refer to Enable the API in FreshRSS for the "API password" to be entered in the password field.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["subscriptions", "unread"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: freshrss
-    url: http://freshrss.host.or.ip:port
-    username: username
-    password: password
+  type: freshrss
+  url: http://freshrss.host.or.ip:port
+  username: username
+  password: password
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/gamedig/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/gamedig/index.html
index 62262aaa0..a8341dbbe 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/gamedig/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/gamedig/index.html
@@ -4537,9 +4537,9 @@
 
      Uses the GameDig library to get game server information for any supported server type.
      
 
      Allowed fields (limited to a max of 4): ["status", "name", "map", "currentPlayers", "players", "maxPlayers", "bots", "ping"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: gamedig
-    serverType: csgo # see https://github.com/gamedig/node-gamedig#games-list
-    url: udp://server.host.or.ip:port
+  type: gamedig
+  serverType: csgo # see https://github.com/gamedig/node-gamedig#games-list
+  url: udp://server.host.or.ip:port
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/ghostfolio/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/ghostfolio/index.html
index 2f4e1ee56..4827d11bb 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/ghostfolio/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/ghostfolio/index.html
@@ -4541,9 +4541,9 @@
 
      Note that the Bearer token is valid for 6 months, after which a new one must be generated.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["gross_percent_today", "gross_percent_1y", "gross_percent_max"]
      
 
      widget:
-    type: ghostfolio
-    url: http://ghostfoliohost:port
-    key: ghostfoliobearertoken
+  type: ghostfolio
+  url: http://ghostfoliohost:port
+  key: ghostfoliobearertoken
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/gluetun/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/gluetun/index.html
index ddefe0603..e1aebe942 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/gluetun/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/gluetun/index.html
@@ -4537,8 +4537,8 @@
 
      Requires HTTP control server options to be enabled.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["public_ip", "region", "country"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: gluetun
-    url: http://gluetun.host.or.ip
+  type: gluetun
+  url: http://gluetun.host.or.ip
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/gotify/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/gotify/index.html
index f77cb1b5c..43b5037a7 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/gotify/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/gotify/index.html
@@ -4537,9 +4537,9 @@
 
      Get a Gotify client token from an existing client or create a new one on your Gotify admin page.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["apps", "clients", "messages"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: gotify
-    url: http://gotify.host.or.ip
-    key: clientoken
+  type: gotify
+  url: http://gotify.host.or.ip
+  key: clientoken
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/grafana/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/grafana/index.html
index 72d79a5e7..5595b63e2 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/grafana/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/grafana/index.html
@@ -4536,10 +4536,10 @@
 
 
      Allowed fields: ["dashboards", "datasources", "totalalerts", "alertstriggered"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: grafana
-    url: http://grafana.host.or.ip:port
-    username: username
-    password: password
+  type: grafana
+  url: http://grafana.host.or.ip:port
+  username: username
+  password: password
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/hdhomerun/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/hdhomerun/index.html
index 675380803..f8c36091b 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/hdhomerun/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/hdhomerun/index.html
@@ -4536,8 +4536,8 @@
 
 
      Allowed fields: ["channels", "hd"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: hdhomerun
-    url: http://hdhomerun.host.or.ip
+  type: hdhomerun
+  url: http://hdhomerun.host.or.ip
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/healthchecks/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/healthchecks/index.html
index 1800c2b14..0b8a22ea7 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/healthchecks/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/healthchecks/index.html
@@ -4542,10 +4542,10 @@
 
 
      Allowed fields: ["status", "last_ping"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: healthchecks
-    url: http://healthchecks.host.or.ip:port
-    key: <YOUR_API_KEY>
-    uuid: <YOUR_CHECK_UUID>
+  type: healthchecks
+  url: http://healthchecks.host.or.ip:port
+  key: <YOUR_API_KEY>
+  uuid: <YOUR_CHECK_UUID>
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/homeassistant/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/homeassistant/index.html
index 91903deb0..1270a5297 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/homeassistant/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/homeassistant/index.html
@@ -4540,30 +4540,26 @@
 
      Up to a maximum of four custom states and/or templates can be queried via the custom property like in the example below.
 The custom property will have no effect as long as the fields property is defined.
      
 
        
-
      • state will query the state of the specified entity_id
          
+
        • state will query the state of the specified entity_id
          • 
 
        • state labels and values can be user defined and may reference entity attributes in curly brackets
          • 
 
        • if no state label is defined it will default to "{attributes.friendly_name}"
          • 
 
        • if no state value is defined it will default to "{state} {attributes.unit_of_measurement}"
          • 
-
        
-
        • 
-
      • template will query the specified template, see (Home Assistant Templating)[https://www.home-assistant.io/docs/configuration/templating]
          
+
        • template will query the specified template, see (Home Assistant Templating)[https://www.home-assistant.io/docs/configuration/templating]
          • 
 
        • if no template label is defined it will be empty
          • 
 
        
-
        • 
-
      
 
      widget:
-    type: homeassistant
-    url: http://homeassistant.host.or.ip:port
-    key: access_token
-    custom:
-        - state: sensor.total_power
-        - state: sensor.total_energy_today
-          label: energy today
-        - template: "{{ states.switch|selectattr('state','equalto','on')|list|length }}"
-          label: switches on
-        - state: weather.forecast_home
-          label: wind speed
-          value: "{attributes.wind_speed} {attributes.wind_speed_unit}"
+  type: homeassistant
+  url: http://homeassistant.host.or.ip:port
+  key: access_token
+  custom:
+    - state: sensor.total_power
+    - state: sensor.total_energy_today
+      label: energy today
+    - template: "{{ states.switch|selectattr('state','equalto','on')|list|length }}"
+      label: switches on
+    - state: weather.forecast_home
+      label: wind speed
+      value: "{attributes.wind_speed} {attributes.wind_speed_unit}"
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/homebridge/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/homebridge/index.html
index 7ff253395..4732add30 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/homebridge/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/homebridge/index.html
@@ -4537,10 +4537,10 @@
 
      The Homebridge API is actually provided by the Config UI X plugin that has been included with Homebridge for a while, still it is required to be installed for this widget to work.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["updates", "child_bridges"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: homebridge
-    url: http://homebridge.host.or.ip:port
-    username: username
-    password: password
+  type: homebridge
+  url: http://homebridge.host.or.ip:port
+  username: username
+  password: password
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/immich/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/immich/index.html
index 4a8ee4d1a..8a95dbf1b 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/immich/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/immich/index.html
@@ -4537,9 +4537,9 @@
 
      Allowed fields: ["users" ,"photos", "videos", "storage"].
      
 
      Note that API key must be from admin user.
      
 
      widget:
-    type: immich
-    url: http://immich.host.or.ip
-    key: adminapikeyadminapikeyadminapikey
+  type: immich
+  url: http://immich.host.or.ip
+  key: adminapikeyadminapikeyadminapikey
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/jackett/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/jackett/index.html
index d824a8acd..1f362e98f 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/jackett/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/jackett/index.html
@@ -4537,8 +4537,8 @@
 
      Jackett must not have any authentication for the widget to work.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["configured", "errored"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: jackett
-    url: http://jackett.host.or.ip
+  type: jackett
+  url: http://jackett.host.or.ip
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/jdownloader/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/jdownloader/index.html
index aa889278e..64c6efb94 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/jdownloader/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/jdownloader/index.html
@@ -4537,10 +4537,10 @@
 
      Basic widget to show number of items in download queue, along with the queue size and current download speed.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["downloadCount", "downloadTotalBytes","downloadBytesRemaining", "downloadSpeed"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: jdownloader
-    username: JDownloader Username
-    password: JDownloader Password
-    client: Name of JDownloader Instance
+  type: jdownloader
+  username: JDownloader Username
+  password: JDownloader Password
+  client: Name of JDownloader Instance
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/jellyfin/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/jellyfin/index.html
index 71b2c0864..2a0d10f96 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/jellyfin/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/jellyfin/index.html
@@ -4537,11 +4537,11 @@
 
      You can create an API key from inside Jellyfin at Settings > Advanced > Api Keys.
      
 
      As of v0.6.11 the widget supports fields ["movies", "series", "episodes", "songs"]. These blocks are disabled by default but can be enabled with the enableBlocks option, and the "Now Playing" feature (enabled by default) can be disabled with the enableNowPlaying option.
      
 
      widget:
-    type: jellyfin
-    url: http://jellyfin.host.or.ip
-    key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
-    enableBlocks: true # optional, defaults to false
-    enableNowPlaying: true # optional, defaults to true
+  type: jellyfin
+  url: http://jellyfin.host.or.ip
+  key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
+  enableBlocks: true # optional, defaults to false
+  enableNowPlaying: true # optional, defaults to true
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/jellyseerr/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/jellyseerr/index.html
index ffc11c79a..88adf9880 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/jellyseerr/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/jellyseerr/index.html
@@ -4537,9 +4537,9 @@
 
      Find your API key under Settings > General > API Key.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["pending", "approved", "available"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: jellyseerr
-    url: http://jellyseerr.host.or.ip
-    key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
+  type: jellyseerr
+  url: http://jellyseerr.host.or.ip
+  key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/kavita/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/kavita/index.html
index 1299b8c3b..c64296f18 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/kavita/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/kavita/index.html
@@ -4537,10 +4537,10 @@
 
      Uses the same username and password used to login from the web.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["seriesCount", "totalFiles"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: kavita
-    url: http://kavita.host.or.ip:port
-    username: username
-    password: password
+  type: kavita
+  url: http://kavita.host.or.ip:port
+  username: username
+  password: password
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/komga/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/komga/index.html
index abb12b901..a0bbac04b 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/komga/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/komga/index.html
@@ -4537,10 +4537,10 @@
 
      Uses the same username and password used to login from the web.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["libraries", "series", "books"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: komga
-    url: http://komga.host.or.ip:port
-    username: username
-    password: password
+  type: komga
+  url: http://komga.host.or.ip:port
+  username: username
+  password: password
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/kopia/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/kopia/index.html
index 7237b3c37..d6a9c98d3 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/kopia/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/kopia/index.html
@@ -4537,12 +4537,12 @@
 
      Allowed fields: ["status", "size", "lastrun", "nextrun"].
      
 
      You may optionally pass values for snapshotHost and / or snapshotPath to select a specific backup source for the widget.
      
 
      widget:
-    type: kopia
-    url: http://kopia.host.or.ip:port
-    username: username
-    password: password
-    snapshotHost: hostname # optional
-    snapshotPath: path # optional
+  type: kopia
+  url: http://kopia.host.or.ip:port
+  username: username
+  password: password
+  snapshotHost: hostname # optional
+  snapshotPath: path # optional
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/lidarr/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/lidarr/index.html
index d2e5307a9..75c3a504f 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/lidarr/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/lidarr/index.html
@@ -4537,9 +4537,9 @@
 
      Find your API key under Settings > General.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["wanted", "queued", "artists"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: lidarr
-    url: http://lidarr.host.or.ip
-    key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
+  type: lidarr
+  url: http://lidarr.host.or.ip
+  key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/mastodon/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/mastodon/index.html
index 6830839aa..60b229729 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/mastodon/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/mastodon/index.html
@@ -4537,8 +4537,8 @@
 
      Use the base URL of the Mastodon instance you'd like to pull stats for. Does not require authentication as the stats are part of the public API endpoints.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["user_count", "status_count", "domain_count"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: mastodon
-    url: https://mastodon.host.name
+  type: mastodon
+  url: https://mastodon.host.name
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/mealie/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/mealie/index.html
index da16c350f..5f19fc0a9 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/mealie/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/mealie/index.html
@@ -4537,9 +4537,9 @@
 
      Generate a user API key under Profile > Manage Your API Tokens > Generate.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["recipes", "users", "categories", "tags"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: mealie
-    url: http://mealie-frontend.host.or.ip
-    key: mealieapitoken
+  type: mealie
+  url: http://mealie-frontend.host.or.ip
+  key: mealieapitoken
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/medusa/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/medusa/index.html
index ff851eecc..0b32dccf8 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/medusa/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/medusa/index.html
@@ -4536,9 +4536,9 @@
 
 
      Allowed fields: ["wanted", "queued", "series"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: medusa
-    url: http://medusa.host.or.ip:port
-    key: medusaapikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
+  type: medusa
+  url: http://medusa.host.or.ip:port
+  key: medusaapikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/mikrotik/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/mikrotik/index.html
index 059d89354..23941a9c2 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/mikrotik/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/mikrotik/index.html
@@ -4537,10 +4537,10 @@
 
      HTTPS may be required, per the documentation
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["uptime", "cpuLoad", "memoryUsed", "numberOfLeases"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: mikrotik
-    url: https://mikrotik.host.or.ip
-    username: username
-    password: password
+  type: mikrotik
+  url: https://mikrotik.host.or.ip
+  username: username
+  password: password
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/minecraft/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/minecraft/index.html
index 0540c4fc7..d7532042c 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/minecraft/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/minecraft/index.html
@@ -4536,8 +4536,8 @@
 
 
      Allowed fields: ["players", "version", "status"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: minecraft
-    url: udp://minecraftserveripordomain:port
+  type: minecraft
+  url: udp://minecraftserveripordomain:port
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/miniflux/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/miniflux/index.html
index b0713bcc1..8f99d8c1b 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/miniflux/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/miniflux/index.html
@@ -4537,9 +4537,9 @@
 
      Api key is found under Settings > API keys
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["unread", "read"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: miniflux
-    url: http://miniflux.host.or.ip:port
-    key: minifluxapikey
+  type: miniflux
+  url: http://miniflux.host.or.ip:port
+  key: minifluxapikey
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/mjpeg/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/mjpeg/index.html
index 12d62a1bd..10853fb76 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/mjpeg/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/mjpeg/index.html
@@ -4537,8 +4537,8 @@
 
      camera-preview
      
 
      Pass the stream URL from a service like µStreamer or camera-streamer.
      
 
      widget:
-    type: mjpeg
-    stream: http://mjpeg.host.or.ip/webcam/stream
+  type: mjpeg
+  stream: http://mjpeg.host.or.ip/webcam/stream
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/moonraker/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/moonraker/index.html
index 084695198..9d7f58868 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/moonraker/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/moonraker/index.html
@@ -4536,8 +4536,8 @@
 
 
      Allowed fields: ["printer_state", "print_status", "print_progress", "layers"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: moonraker
-    url: http://moonraker.host.or.ip:port
+  type: moonraker
+  url: http://moonraker.host.or.ip:port
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/mylar/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/mylar/index.html
index 9124a4d54..06a86ec6b 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/mylar/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/mylar/index.html
@@ -4537,9 +4537,9 @@
 
      API must be enabled in Mylar3 settings.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["series", "issues", "wanted"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: mylar
-    url: http://mylar3.host.or.ip:port
-    key: yourmylar3apikey
+  type: mylar
+  url: http://mylar3.host.or.ip:port
+  key: yourmylar3apikey
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/navidrome/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/navidrome/index.html
index 5935602bb..810634df5 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/navidrome/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/navidrome/index.html
@@ -4537,11 +4537,11 @@
 
      For detailed information about how to generate the token see http://www.subsonic.org/pages/api.jsp.
      
 
      Allowed fields: no configurable fields for this widget.
      
 
      widget:
-    type: navidrome
-    url: http://navidrome.host.or.ip:port
-    user: username
-    token: token #md5(password + salt)
-    salt: randomsalt
+  type: navidrome
+  url: http://navidrome.host.or.ip:port
+  user: username
+  token: token #md5(password + salt)
+  salt: randomsalt
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/nextcloud/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/nextcloud/index.html
index 716cec608..730c5e385 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/nextcloud/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/nextcloud/index.html
@@ -4538,15 +4538,15 @@
 
      Allowed fields: ["cpuload", "memoryusage", "freespace", "activeusers", "numfiles", "numshares"].
      
 
      Note "cpuload" and "memoryusage" were deprecated in v0.6.18 and a maximum of 4 fields can be displayed.
      
 
      widget:
-    type: nextcloud
-    url: https://nextcloud.host.or.ip:port
-    key: token
+  type: nextcloud
+  url: https://nextcloud.host.or.ip:port
+  key: token
 
      
 
      widget:
-    type: nextcloud
-    url: https://nextcloud.host.or.ip:port
-    username: username
-    password: password
+  type: nextcloud
+  url: https://nextcloud.host.or.ip:port
+  username: username
+  password: password
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/nextdns/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/nextdns/index.html
index 54ac1b1b8..4c3860a26 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/nextdns/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/nextdns/index.html
@@ -4536,9 +4536,9 @@
 
 
      Api key is found under Account > API, profile ID is found under Setup > Endpoints > ID
      
 
      widget:
-    type: nextdns
-    profile: profileid
-    key: yourapikeyhere
+  type: nextdns
+  profile: profileid
+  key: yourapikeyhere
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/nginx-proxy-manager/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/nginx-proxy-manager/index.html
index b297c1b63..1e297cc53 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/nginx-proxy-manager/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/nginx-proxy-manager/index.html
@@ -4537,10 +4537,10 @@
 
      Login with the same admin username and password used to access the web UI.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["enabled", "disabled", "total"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: npm
-    url: http://npm.host.or.ip
-    username: admin_username
-    password: admin_password
+  type: npm
+  url: http://npm.host.or.ip
+  username: admin_username
+  password: admin_password
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/nzbget/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/nzbget/index.html
index 5e303a167..ec1f81500 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/nzbget/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/nzbget/index.html
@@ -4537,10 +4537,10 @@
 
      This widget uses the same authentication method as your browser when logging in (HTTP Basic Auth), and is often referred to as the ControlUsername and ControlPassword inside of Nzbget documentation.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["rate", "remaining", "downloaded"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: nzbget
-    url: http://nzbget.host.or.ip
-    username: controlusername
-    password: controlpassword
+  type: nzbget
+  url: http://nzbget.host.or.ip
+  username: controlusername
+  password: controlpassword
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/octoprint/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/octoprint/index.html
index 918f419d3..c1e7afb61 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/octoprint/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/octoprint/index.html
@@ -4536,9 +4536,9 @@
 
 
      Allowed fields: ["printer_state", "temp_tool", "temp_bed", "job_completion"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: octoprint
-    url: http://octoprint.host.or.ip:port
-    key: youroctoprintapikey
+  type: octoprint
+  url: http://octoprint.host.or.ip:port
+  key: youroctoprintapikey
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/omada/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/omada/index.html
index 6dd4a1409..b5f6152ec 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/omada/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/omada/index.html
@@ -4537,11 +4537,11 @@
 
      The widget supports controller versions 3, 4 and 5.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["connectedAp", "activeUser", "alerts", "connectedGateways", "connectedSwitches"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: omada
-    url: http://omada.host.or.ip:port
-    username: username
-    password: password
-    site: sitename
+  type: omada
+  url: http://omada.host.or.ip:port
+  username: username
+  password: password
+  site: sitename
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/ombi/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/ombi/index.html
index f5bee18f7..857c0e09a 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/ombi/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/ombi/index.html
@@ -4537,9 +4537,9 @@
 
      Find your API key under Settings > Configuration > General.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["pending", "approved", "available"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: ombi
-    url: http://ombi.host.or.ip
-    key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
+  type: ombi
+  url: http://ombi.host.or.ip
+  key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/opendtu/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/opendtu/index.html
index ef0e19b26..e117e60b4 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/opendtu/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/opendtu/index.html
@@ -4536,8 +4536,8 @@
 
 
      Allowed fields: ["yieldDay", "relativePower", "absolutePower", "limit"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: opendtu
-    url: http://opendtu.host.or.ip
+  type: opendtu
+  url: http://opendtu.host.or.ip
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/openmediavault/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/openmediavault/index.html
index 6195dd0ee..50f6afcb9 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/openmediavault/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/openmediavault/index.html
@@ -4609,11 +4609,11 @@
 
 
      Provides useful information from your OpenMediaVault
      
 
      widget:
-    type: openmediavault
-    url: http://omv.host.or.ip
-    username: admin
-    password: pass
-    method: services.getStatus # required
+  type: openmediavault
+  url: http://omv.host.or.ip
+  username: admin
+  password: pass
+  method: services.getStatus # required
 
      
 
      Methods
      
 
      The method field determines the type of data to be displayed and is required. Supported methods:
      
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/opnsense/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/opnsense/index.html
index 729df6fc1..ba8817372 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/opnsense/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/opnsense/index.html
@@ -4542,10 +4542,10 @@
 
      Finally, create a new API key which will download an apikey.txt file with your key and secret in it. Use the values as the username and password fields, respectively, in your homepage config.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["cpu", "memory", "wanUpload", "wanDownload"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: opnsense
-    url: http://opnsense.host.or.ip
-    username: key
-    password: secret
+  type: opnsense
+  url: http://opnsense.host.or.ip
+  username: key
+  password: secret
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/overseerr/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/overseerr/index.html
index 480b79d46..bfcbfd1eb 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/overseerr/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/overseerr/index.html
@@ -4537,9 +4537,9 @@
 
      Find your API key under Settings > General.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["pending", "approved", "available", "processing"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: overseerr
-    url: http://overseerr.host.or.ip
-    key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
+  type: overseerr
+  url: http://overseerr.host.or.ip
+  key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/paperlessngx/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/paperlessngx/index.html
index 9fd3fdbc0..490479902 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/paperlessngx/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/paperlessngx/index.html
@@ -4537,15 +4537,15 @@
 
      Use username & password, or the token key. Information about the token can be found in the Paperless-ngx API documentation. If both are provided, the token will be used.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["total", "inbox"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: paperlessngx
-    url: http://paperlessngx.host.or.ip:port
-    username: username
-    password: password
+  type: paperlessngx
+  url: http://paperlessngx.host.or.ip:port
+  username: username
+  password: password
 
      
 
      widget:
-    type: paperlessngx
-    url: http://paperlessngx.host.or.ip:port
-    key: token
+  type: paperlessngx
+  url: http://paperlessngx.host.or.ip:port
+  key: token
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/pfsense/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/pfsense/index.html
index 75e6fd9f4..29c84d9fd 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/pfsense/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/pfsense/index.html
@@ -4541,11 +4541,11 @@
 
      Load is returned instead of cpu utilization. This is a limitation in the pfSense API due to the complexity of this calculation. This may become available in future versions.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["load", "memory", "temp", "wanStatus", "wanIP", "disk"] (maximum of 4)
      
 
      widget:
-    type: pfsense
-    url: http://pfsense.host.or.ip:port
-    username: user
-    password: pass
-    wan: igb0
+  type: pfsense
+  url: http://pfsense.host.or.ip:port
+  username: user
+  password: pass
+  wan: igb0
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/photoprism/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/photoprism/index.html
index e52980cbf..d250e22f4 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/photoprism/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/photoprism/index.html
@@ -4536,10 +4536,10 @@
 
 
      Allowed fields: ["albums", "photos", "videos", "people"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: photoprism
-    url: http://photoprism.host.or.ip:port
-    username: admin
-    password: password
+  type: photoprism
+  url: http://photoprism.host.or.ip:port
+  username: admin
+  password: password
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/pialert/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/pialert/index.html
index 300fbec34..c3619545b 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/pialert/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/pialert/index.html
@@ -4537,8 +4537,8 @@
 
      Widget for PiAlert.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["total", "connected", "new_devices", "down_alerts"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: pialert
-    url: http://ip:port
+  type: pialert
+  url: http://ip:port
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/pihole/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/pihole/index.html
index f96cc941c..dc99ea937 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/pihole/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/pihole/index.html
@@ -4537,9 +4537,9 @@
 
      As of v2022.12 PiHole requires the use of an API key if an admin password is set. Older versions do not require any authentication even if the admin uses a password.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["queries", "blocked", "blocked_percent", "gravity"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: pihole
-    url: http://pi.hole.or.ip
-    key: yourpiholeapikey # optional
+  type: pihole
+  url: http://pi.hole.or.ip
+  key: yourpiholeapikey # optional
 
      
 
      Added in v0.1.0, udpated in v0.6.18
      
 
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/plex-tautulli/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/plex-tautulli/index.html
index 95e22d3c8..b1d6932e3 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/plex-tautulli/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/plex-tautulli/index.html
@@ -4537,9 +4537,9 @@
 
      Provides detailed information about currently active streams. You can find the API key from inside Tautulli at Settings > Web Interface > API.
      
 
      Allowed fields: no configurable fields for this widget.
      
 
      widget:
-    type: tautulli
-    url: http://tautulli.host.or.ip
-    key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
+  type: tautulli
+  url: http://tautulli.host.or.ip
+  key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/plex/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/plex/index.html
index 06e6a024f..ca36a3d35 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/plex/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/plex/index.html
@@ -4537,9 +4537,9 @@
 
      The core Plex API is somewhat limited but basic info regarding library sizes and the number of active streams is supported. For more detailed info regarding active streams see the Plex Tautulli widget.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["streams", "albums", "movies", "tv"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: plex
-    url: http://plex.host.or.ip:32400
-    key: mytokenhere # see https://www.plexopedia.com/plex-media-server/general/plex-token/
+  type: plex
+  url: http://plex.host.or.ip:32400
+  key: mytokenhere # see https://www.plexopedia.com/plex-media-server/general/plex-token/
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/portainer/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/portainer/index.html
index e284fa0cd..3e502edca 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/portainer/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/portainer/index.html
@@ -4537,10 +4537,10 @@
 
      You'll need to make sure you have the correct environment set for the integration to work properly. From the Environments section inside of Portainer, click the one you'd like to connect to and observe the ID at the end of the URL (should be), something like #!/endpoints/1, here 1 is the value to set as the env value. In order to generate an API key, please follow the steps outlined here https://docs.portainer.io/api/access.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["running", "stopped", "total"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: portainer
-    url: https://portainer.host.or.ip:9443
-    env: 1
-    key: ptr_accesskeyaccesskeyaccesskeyaccesskey
+  type: portainer
+  url: https://portainer.host.or.ip:9443
+  env: 1
+  key: ptr_accesskeyaccesskeyaccesskeyaccesskey
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/prometheus/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/prometheus/index.html
index 1ebe1ca00..3c4c99ea9 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/prometheus/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/prometheus/index.html
@@ -4536,8 +4536,8 @@
 
 
      Allowed fields: ["targets_up", "targets_down", "targets_total"]
      
 
      widget:
-    type: prometheus
-    url: http://prometheushost:port
+  type: prometheus
+  url: http://prometheushost:port
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/prowlarr/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/prowlarr/index.html
index bcf55feb5..f6749ffe0 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/prowlarr/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/prowlarr/index.html
@@ -4537,9 +4537,9 @@
 
      Find your API key under Settings > General.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["numberOfGrabs", "numberOfQueries", "numberOfFailGrabs", "numberOfFailQueries"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: prowlarr
-    url: http://prowlarr.host.or.ip
-    key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
+  type: prowlarr
+  url: http://prowlarr.host.or.ip
+  key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/proxmox/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/proxmox/index.html
index 0d214f16c..992f2f6e8 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/proxmox/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/proxmox/index.html
@@ -4542,20 +4542,16 @@
 
    • Click the Create button
      • 
 
    • Name the group something informative, like api-ro-users
      • 
 
    • Click on the Permissions "folder"
      • 
-
    • Click Add -> Group Permission
        
+
      • Click Add -> Group Permission
        • 
 
      • Path: /
        • 
 
      • Group: group from bullet 4 above
        • 
 
      • Role: PVEAuditor
        • 
 
      • Propagate: Checked
        • 
-
      
-
      • 
 
    • Expand Permissions, click on Users
      • 
-
    • Click the Add button
        
+
      • Click the Add button
        • 
 
      • User name: something informative like api
        • 
 
      • Realm: Linux PAM standard authentication
        • 
 
      • Group: group from bullet 4 above
        • 
-
      
-
      • 
 
    • Expand Permissions, click on API Tokens
      • 
 
    • Click the Add button
        
 
      • User: user from bullet 8 above
        • 
@@ -4576,11 +4572,11 @@
 
        Allowed fields: ["vms", "lxc", "resources.cpu", "resources.mem"].
        
 
        You can set the optional node setting when you want to show metrics for a single node. By default it will show the average for the complete cluster.
        
 
        widget:
-    type: proxmox
-    url: https://proxmox.host.or.ip:8006
-    username: api_token_id
-    password: api_token_secret
-    node: pve-1 # optional
+  type: proxmox
+  url: https://proxmox.host.or.ip:8006
+  username: api_token_id
+  password: api_token_secret
+  node: pve-1 # optional
 
        
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/proxmoxbackupserver/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/proxmoxbackupserver/index.html
index ead593967..6be6da26b 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/proxmoxbackupserver/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/proxmoxbackupserver/index.html
@@ -4536,10 +4536,10 @@
 
 
        Allowed fields: ["datastore_usage", "failed_tasks_24h", "cpu_usage", "memory_usage"].
        
 
        widget:
-    type: proxmoxbackupserver
-    url: https://proxmoxbackupserver.host:port
-    username: api_token_id
-    password: api_token_secret
+  type: proxmoxbackupserver
+  url: https://proxmoxbackupserver.host:port
+  username: api_token_id
+  password: api_token_secret
 
        
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/pterodactyl/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/pterodactyl/index.html
index 63eb41084..a742139c5 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/pterodactyl/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/pterodactyl/index.html
@@ -4536,9 +4536,9 @@
 
 
        Allowed fields: ["nodes", "servers"]
        
 
        widget:
-    type: pterodactyl
-    url: http://pterodactylhost:port
-    key: pterodactylapikey
+  type: pterodactyl
+  url: http://pterodactylhost:port
+  key: pterodactylapikey
 
        
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/pyload/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/pyload/index.html
index 95a1d1818..e5aad7e70 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/pyload/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/pyload/index.html
@@ -4536,10 +4536,10 @@
 
 
        Allowed fields: ["speed", "active", "queue", "total"].
        
 
        widget:
-    type: pyload
-    url: http://pyload.host.or.ip:port
-    username: username
-    password: password # only needed if set
+  type: pyload
+  url: http://pyload.host.or.ip:port
+  username: username
+  password: password # only needed if set
 
        
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/qbittorrent/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/qbittorrent/index.html
index c34a01fe9..c29829ebb 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/qbittorrent/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/qbittorrent/index.html
@@ -4537,10 +4537,10 @@
 
        Uses the same username and password used to login from the web.
        
 
        Allowed fields: ["leech", "download", "seed", "upload"].
        
 
        widget:
-    type: qbittorrent
-    url: http://qbittorrent.host.or.ip
-    username: username
-    password: password
+  type: qbittorrent
+  url: http://qbittorrent.host.or.ip
+  username: username
+  password: password
 
        
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/qnap/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/qnap/index.html
index ee55a1272..bf79b3991 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/qnap/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/qnap/index.html
@@ -4536,10 +4536,10 @@
 
 
        Allowed fields: ["cpuUsage", "memUsage", "systemTempC", "poolUsage", "volumeUsage"].
        
 
        widget:
-    type: qnap
-    url: http://qnap.host.or.ip:port
-    username: user
-    password: pass
+  type: qnap
+  url: http://qnap.host.or.ip:port
+  username: user
+  password: pass
 
        
 
        If the QNAP device has multiple volumes, the poolUsage will be a sum of all volumes.
        
 
        If only a single volume needs to be tracked, add the following to your configuration and the Widget will track this as volumeUsage:
        
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/radarr/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/radarr/index.html
index 36815460c..47fed0014 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/radarr/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/radarr/index.html
@@ -4538,10 +4538,10 @@
 
        Allowed fields: ["wanted", "missing", "queued", "movies"].
        
 
        A detailed queue listing is disabled by default, but can be enabled with the enableQueue option.
        
 
        widget:
-    type: radarr
-    url: http://radarr.host.or.ip
-    key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
-    enableQueue: true # optional, defaults to false
+  type: radarr
+  url: http://radarr.host.or.ip
+  key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
+  enableQueue: true # optional, defaults to false
 
        
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/readarr/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/readarr/index.html
index 699e46f68..c5a7dcbce 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/readarr/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/readarr/index.html
@@ -4537,9 +4537,9 @@
 
        Find your API key under Settings > General.
        
 
        Allowed fields: ["wanted", "queued", "books"].
        
 
        widget:
-    type: readarr
-    url: http://readarr.host.or.ip
-    key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
+  type: readarr
+  url: http://readarr.host.or.ip
+  key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
 
        
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/rutorrent/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/rutorrent/index.html
index e5af49126..707913850 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/rutorrent/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/rutorrent/index.html
@@ -4537,10 +4537,10 @@
 
        This requires the httprpc plugin to be installed and enabled, and is part of the default ruTorrent plugins. If you have not explicitly removed or disable this plugin, it should be available.
        
 
        Allowed fields: ["active", "upload", "download"].
        
 
        widget:
-    type: rutorrent
-    url: http://rutorrent.host.or.ip
-    username: username # optional, false if not used
-    password: password # optional, false if not used
+  type: rutorrent
+  url: http://rutorrent.host.or.ip
+  username: username # optional, false if not used
+  password: password # optional, false if not used
 
        
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/sabnzbd/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/sabnzbd/index.html
index 58b1d2e1e..05d7d71cd 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/sabnzbd/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/sabnzbd/index.html
@@ -4537,9 +4537,9 @@
 
        Find your API key under Config > General.
        
 
        Allowed fields: ["rate", "queue", "timeleft"].
        
 
        widget:
-    type: sabnzbd
-    url: http://sabnzbd.host.or.ip
-    key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
+  type: sabnzbd
+  url: http://sabnzbd.host.or.ip
+  key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
 
        
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/scrutiny/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/scrutiny/index.html
index 5099e0c3e..ad13469d5 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/scrutiny/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/scrutiny/index.html
@@ -4536,8 +4536,8 @@
 
 
        Allowed fields: ["passed", "failed", "unknown"].
        
 
        widget:
-    type: scrutiny
-    url: http://scrutiny.host.or.ip
+  type: scrutiny
+  url: http://scrutiny.host.or.ip
 
        
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/sonarr/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/sonarr/index.html
index ce8c85497..1d550e99c 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/sonarr/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/sonarr/index.html
@@ -4538,10 +4538,10 @@
 
        Allowed fields: ["wanted", "queued", "series"].
        
 
        A detailed queue listing is disabled by default, but can be enabled with the enableQueue option.
        
 
        widget:
-    type: sonarr
-    url: http://sonarr.host.or.ip
-    key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
-    enableQueue: true # optional, defaults to false
+  type: sonarr
+  url: http://sonarr.host.or.ip
+  key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
+  enableQueue: true # optional, defaults to false
 
        
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/speedtest-tracker/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/speedtest-tracker/index.html
index b2d23293c..013741767 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/speedtest-tracker/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/speedtest-tracker/index.html
@@ -4538,8 +4538,8 @@
 
        This widget is compatible with both alexjustesen/speedtest-tracker and henrywhitaker3/Speedtest-Tracker.
        
 
        Allowed fields: ["download", "upload", "ping"].
        
 
        widget:
-    type: speedtest
-    url: http://speedtest.host.or.ip
+  type: speedtest
+  url: http://speedtest.host.or.ip
 
        
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/syncthing-relay-server/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/syncthing-relay-server/index.html
index 5fc68e09e..7d89ed865 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/syncthing-relay-server/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/syncthing-relay-server/index.html
@@ -4537,8 +4537,8 @@
 
        Pulls stats from the relay server. See here for more information on configuration.
        
 
        Allowed fields: ["numActiveSessions", "numConnections", "bytesProxied"].
        
 
        widget:
-    type: strelaysrv
-    url: http://syncthing.host.or.ip:22070
+  type: strelaysrv
+  url: http://syncthing.host.or.ip:22070
 
        
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/tailscale/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/tailscale/index.html
index 8355023cc..93a1d887f 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/tailscale/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/tailscale/index.html
@@ -4538,9 +4538,9 @@
 
        To find your device ID, go to the machine overview page and select your machine. In the "Machine Details" section, copy your ID. It will end with CNTRL.
        
 
        Allowed fields: ["address", "last_seen", "expires"].
        
 
        widget:
-    type: tailscale
-    deviceid: deviceid
-    key: tailscalekey
+  type: tailscale
+  deviceid: deviceid
+  key: tailscalekey
 
        
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/tdarr/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/tdarr/index.html
index 5d8c35677..a280400fc 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/tdarr/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/tdarr/index.html
@@ -4536,8 +4536,8 @@
 
 
        Allowed fields: ["queue", "processed", "errored", "saved"].
        
 
        widget:
-    type: tdarr
-    url: http://tdarr.host.or.ip
+  type: tdarr
+  url: http://tdarr.host.or.ip
 
        
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/traefik/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/traefik/index.html
index 4dd661b75..5faad6a2a 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/traefik/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/traefik/index.html
@@ -4538,10 +4538,10 @@
 If your traefik install requires authentication, include the username and password used to login to the web interface.
        
 
        Allowed fields: ["routers", "services", "middleware"].
        
 
        widget:
-    type: traefik
-    url: http://traefik.host.or.ip
-    username: username # optional
-    password: password # optional
+  type: traefik
+  url: http://traefik.host.or.ip
+  username: username # optional
+  password: password # optional
 
        
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/transmission/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/transmission/index.html
index d2ff70166..fc2746522 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/transmission/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/transmission/index.html
@@ -4537,11 +4537,11 @@
 
        Uses the same username and password used to login from the web.
        
 
        Allowed fields: ["leech", "download", "seed", "upload"].
        
 
        widget:
-    type: transmission
-    url: http://transmission.host.or.ip
-    username: username
-    password: password
-    rpcUrl: /transmission/ # Optional. Matches the value of "rpc-url" in your Transmission's settings.json file
+  type: transmission
+  url: http://transmission.host.or.ip
+  username: username
+  password: password
+  rpcUrl: /transmission/ # Optional. Matches the value of "rpc-url" in your Transmission's settings.json file
 
        
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/truenas/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/truenas/index.html
index bee03c6a8..6303e645f 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/truenas/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/truenas/index.html
@@ -4537,11 +4537,11 @@
 
        Allowed fields: ["load", "uptime", "alerts"].
        
 
        To create an API Key, follow the official TrueNAS documentation.
        
 
        widget:
-    type: truenas
-    url: http://truenas.host.or.ip
-    username: user # not required if using api key
-    password: pass # not required if using api key
-    key: yourtruenasapikey # not required if using username / password
+  type: truenas
+  url: http://truenas.host.or.ip
+  username: user # not required if using api key
+  password: pass # not required if using api key
+  key: yourtruenasapikey # not required if using username / password
 
        
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/tubearchivist/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/tubearchivist/index.html
index fd156b27c..8987ed3b5 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/tubearchivist/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/tubearchivist/index.html
@@ -4537,9 +4537,9 @@
 
        Requires API key.
        
 
        Allowed fields: ["downloads", "videos", "channels", "playlists"].
        
 
        widget:
-    type: tubearchivist
-    url: http://tubearchivist.host.or.ip
-    key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
+  type: tubearchivist
+  url: http://tubearchivist.host.or.ip
+  key: apikeyapikeyapikeyapikeyapikey
 
        
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/unmanic/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/unmanic/index.html
index fe5dbd310..7ef88ea82 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/unmanic/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/unmanic/index.html
@@ -4536,8 +4536,8 @@
 
 
        Allowed fields: ["active_workers", "total_workers", "records_total"].
        
 
        widget:
-    type: unmanic
-    url: http://unmanic.host.or.ip:port
+  type: unmanic
+  url: http://unmanic.host.or.ip:port
 
        
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/uptime-kuma/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/uptime-kuma/index.html
index 5b6031f53..ff4eb75c2 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/uptime-kuma/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/uptime-kuma/index.html
@@ -4537,9 +4537,9 @@
 
        As Uptime Kuma does not yet have a full API the widget uses data from a single "status page". As such you will need a status page setup with a group of monitored sites, which is where you get the slug (without the /status/ portion).
        
 
        Allowed fields: ["up", "down", "uptime", "incident"].
        
 
        widget:
-    type: uptimekuma
-    url: http://uptimekuma.host.or.ip:port
-    slug: statuspageslug
+  type: uptimekuma
+  url: http://uptimekuma.host.or.ip:port
+  slug: statuspageslug
 
        
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/uptimerobot/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/uptimerobot/index.html
index f565a82af..08e0c6c18 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/uptimerobot/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/uptimerobot/index.html
@@ -4551,9 +4551,9 @@ for the selected monitor:
        
 
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["sitesUp", "sitesDown"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: uptimerobot
-    url: https://api.uptimerobot.com
-    key: uptimerobotapitoken
+  type: uptimerobot
+  url: https://api.uptimerobot.com
+  key: uptimerobotapitoken
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/urbackup/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/urbackup/index.html
index 27c7ca844..5ead29821 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/urbackup/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/urbackup/index.html
@@ -4540,11 +4540,11 @@
 
      Note: client status is only shown for backups that the specified user has access to. Disk Usage shown is the total for all backups, regardless of permissions.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["ok", "errored", "noRecent", "totalUsed"]. Note that totalUsed will not be shown unless explicitly included in fields.
      
 
      widget:
-    type: urbackup
-    username: urbackupUsername
-    password: urbackupPassword
-    url: http://urbackupUrl:55414
-    maxDays: 5 # optional
+  type: urbackup
+  username: urbackupUsername
+  password: urbackupPassword
+  url: http://urbackupUrl:55414
+  maxDays: 5 # optional
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/watchtower/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/watchtower/index.html
index b4d1ef490..f7abfc9de 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/watchtower/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/watchtower/index.html
@@ -4537,9 +4537,9 @@
 
      To use this widget, Watchtower needs to be configured to to enable metrics.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["containers_scanned", "containers_updated", "containers_failed"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: watchtower
-    url: http://your-ip-address:8080
-    key: demotoken
+  type: watchtower
+  url: http://your-ip-address:8080
+  key: demotoken
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/whatsupdocker/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/whatsupdocker/index.html
index 1632db5c2..b31659620 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/whatsupdocker/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/whatsupdocker/index.html
@@ -4537,8 +4537,8 @@
 
      Currently requires unauthenticated whatsupdocker instance.
      
 
      Allowed fields: ["monitoring", "updates"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: whatsupdocker
-    url: http://whatsupdocker:port
+  type: whatsupdocker
+  url: http://whatsupdocker:port
 
      
 
   
diff --git a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/xteve/index.html b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/xteve/index.html
index 2a5048ab7..bb89971dc 100644
--- a/v0.7.3/widgets/services/xteve/index.html
+++ b/v0.7.3/widgets/services/xteve/index.html
@@ -4536,10 +4536,10 @@
 
 
      Allowed fields: ["streams_all", "streams_active", "streams_xepg"].
      
 
      widget:
-    type: xteve
-    url: http://xteve.host.or.ip
-    username: username # optional
-    password: password # optional
+  type: xteve
+  url: http://xteve.host.or.ip
+  username: username # optional
+  password: password # optional